TW201120070A - Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal display device and polyorganosiloxane compounds - Google Patents

Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal display device and polyorganosiloxane compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201120070A
TW201120070A TW099135045A TW99135045A TW201120070A TW 201120070 A TW201120070 A TW 201120070A TW 099135045 A TW099135045 A TW 099135045A TW 99135045 A TW99135045 A TW 99135045A TW 201120070 A TW201120070 A TW 201120070A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
liquid crystal
compound
crystal alignment
polyorganosiloxane
Prior art date
Application number
TW099135045A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI487719B (en
Inventor
Yoshikazu Miyamoto
Fumitaka Sugiyama
Hiroaki Tokuhisa
Hiroyuki Yasuda
Tsutomu Kumagai
Eiji Hayashi
Original Assignee
Jsr Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Jsr Corp filed Critical Jsr Corp
Publication of TW201120070A publication Critical patent/TW201120070A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI487719B publication Critical patent/TWI487719B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L83/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon only; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L83/04Polysiloxanes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/16Polyester-imides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G77/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G77/04Polysiloxanes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/56Aligning agents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Silicon Polymers (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides liquid crystal alignment, liquid crystal display device, and polyorganosiloxane compounds which are suitable for use as liquid crystal alignment agent. The liquid crystal alignment agent can form the liquid crystal display device realizing high-speed response and having excellent voltage retention, residual image characteristics and other various performances. The liquid crystal display device is equipped with liquid crystal oriented film formed from the liquid crystal alignment agent. The present invention contains [A] polyorganosiloxane compounds. The [A] polyorganosiloxane compound is a liquid crystal alignment agent which have a part derived from polyorganosiloxane having epoxy groups and a part derived from compounds having carboxyl groups represented by formula (1).

Description

201120070 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明關於就適合用於形成液晶顯示元件(LCD)的配 向膜的材料的液晶配向劑,具有由該液晶配向劑形成的液 晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件以及適合在液晶配向劑中使用的 聚有機矽氧烷化合物。 【先前技術】 近年來’液晶顯示元件由於具有耗電量小以及容易小 型化和平板化等優點,所以適用於從行動電話等小型液晶 顯示裝置到液晶電視等大畫面液晶顯示裝置的廣泛的用途 中〇 就液晶顯示裝置的驅動模式而言,目前根據液晶分子 的配向(排列)狀態的變化,已知的有TN(扭曲向列;Twisted Nematic)、STN(超向歹IJ 扭曲;Super Twisted Nematic)、IPS(面 內切換;In-Plane Switching)、V A(垂直配向;Vertical Alignment)等。另外,VA模式由於藉由配向分割提高視角, 所以採用 MVA(多疇垂直配向;Multi domain Vertical Alignment)方式和 PVA(圖案垂直對齊;Patterned Vertical Alignment)方式,此外,還硏究採用光垂直配向方式、PSA(聚 合物持續對準;Polymer Sustained Alignment)方式等以提高 高速回應性、面板開口率,對液晶賦予預傾角。在任一種 驅動模式下,液晶分子的配向狀態由液晶配向膜直接控 制,液晶配向膜在顯現和控制液晶顯示元件的功能性質方 201120070 面佔據相當大的比重。 該液晶顯示裝置由於期望就行動電話或液晶電視等的 動態畫面顯示裝置,所以就液晶顯示元件所要求的性質爲 了在流暢地顯示動態畫面的同時儘量抑制殘影,需要使電 光學效果的回應時間更加快速。針對該要求,公開了藉由 在液晶配向膜使用的聚合物的側鏈賦予提供介電各向異性 的結構’以進行改良的技術(參照日本特表2007-521361號 公報和日本特表2007-521506號公報)。但是,該專利文獻 中’除了電光學回應時間的闻速化以外,完全沒有記載在 實用方面很重要的配向性以及電壓保持率、殘影性質等電 性質。 基於這種情況,希望開發出一種液晶配向劑,該液晶 配向劑在滿足就液晶配向元件一般要求的配向性和電壓保 持率所謂的電性質的同時,電光學回應時間也短。 [現有技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]日本特表2007-521361號公報 [專利文獻2]日本特表2007-52 1 506號公報 【發明內容】 [發明欲解決的課題] 本發明是根據上述問題提出的,其目的在於提供一種 液晶配向劑,該液晶配向劑可以實現液晶元件的高速回 應’同時可以形成電壓保持率 '殘影性質等各種性能優異 201120070 的液晶顯示元件;還提供具有由該液晶配向劑形成的液晶 配向膜的垂直型等液晶顯示元件以及適合液晶配向劑使用 的聚有機矽氧烷化合物。 [解決課題的手段] 爲了解決上述問題而提出的本發明是一種液晶配向 劑,其含有[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物,該[A]聚有機矽氧烷 化合物包含來自具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷的部分,和來 自下述式(1)所示的具有羧基的化合物(以下,有時也稱作 “特定羧酸”)的部分。 R4R2tRl_pOH ⑴ 0 (式(1)中,R1是亞甲基或碳原子數爲2〜30的伸烷基、 伸苯基或伸環己基。這些基團可以具有取代基。R2是包含 雙鍵、三鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵和氧原子的任意者的連接基團。 R3是具有至少兩個單環結構的基團。a是0〜1的整數。) 該液晶配向劑由於含有聚有機矽氧烷化合物,所以具 有使用該液晶配向劑形成的液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件, 配向性良好,具有高電壓保持性質,殘影性質優異,而且 可以縮短回應時間(開始的時間)。另外,藉由具有環氧基, 該液晶配向劑可以進一步提高配向性和電壓保持率所謂的 電性質。此外,該液晶配向劑藉由具有特定的結構單元, 可以在側鏈導入具有介電各向異性的結構,具有使用該液 晶配向劑形成的液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件進一步提高電 201120070 性質和殘影性質,進一步縮短回應時間。另外,藉由利用 環氧基和羧基間的反應性,可以容易地在就主鏈的聚有機 矽氧烷中,導入就側鏈的上述式(1)所示的具有介電各向異 性的結構。 上述式(1)中的R3較佳爲下述式(2)所示的基團。 R7——R6——R5——R4—— (2) (式(2)中,R4和R6分別是伸苯基、伸聯苯基、萘基、 伸環己基 '伸二環己基、伸環己基伸苯基或雜環,它們可 以進一步具有取代基。R5是包含可以具有取代基的碳原子 數爲1~10的伸烷基、雙鍵、三鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵和雜環的任 意者的連接基團。R7是氫原子、氰基、氟原子、三氟甲基、 烷氧羰基、烷基和烷氧基的任意者,R6在具有多個取代基 時,它們可以分別相同,或者也可以組合不同的基團。b 是0〜1的整數。c是1〜9的整數。) 藉由在該液晶配向劑的聚有機矽氧烷化合物的側鏈上 導入上述式(2)所示的結構,可以使所得的液晶配向元件的 電光學回應性更高速化。 上述環氧基較佳爲下述式(x^l)或(χ1-〗)表示的基團。BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 1. Field of the Invention The present invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent suitable for use as a material for forming an alignment film of a liquid crystal display device (LCD), and a liquid crystal having a liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent. A display element and a polyorganosiloxane compound suitable for use in a liquid crystal alignment agent. [Prior Art] In recent years, liquid crystal display devices are widely used for large-screen liquid crystal display devices such as mobile phones and the like, from small liquid crystal display devices such as mobile phones to large-screen liquid crystal display devices such as liquid crystal televisions, because of their low power consumption and ease of miniaturization and flat paneling. In terms of the driving mode of the liquid crystal display device, Lieutenant currently has TN (Twisted Nematic), STN (Super Directional IJ Distortion, Super Twisted Nematic) according to changes in the alignment (alignment) state of liquid crystal molecules. ), IPS (In-Plane Switching), VA (Vertical Alignment), etc. In addition, since the VA mode improves the viewing angle by the alignment division, the MVA (Multi Domain Vertical Alignment) method and the PVA (Patterned Vertical Alignment) method are used, and in addition, the optical vertical alignment mode is adopted. , PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) method, etc. to improve high-speed responsiveness, panel aperture ratio, and impart a pretilt angle to the liquid crystal. In any of the driving modes, the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules is directly controlled by the liquid crystal alignment film, and the liquid crystal alignment film occupies a considerable proportion in the appearance and control of the functional properties of the liquid crystal display element. Since the liquid crystal display device is desired to be a moving picture display device such as a mobile phone or a liquid crystal television, the performance required for the liquid crystal display element is required to make the electro-optical effect response time in order to smoothly display the dynamic picture while suppressing image sticking as much as possible. Faster. In response to this demand, a technique of providing a structure for providing dielectric anisotropy by a side chain of a polymer used for a liquid crystal alignment film is disclosed (refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2007-521361 and Japanese Special Table 2007- Bulletin No. 521506). However, in this patent document, in addition to the speed of electro-optical response time, there are no electrical properties such as an orientation which is important in practical use, a voltage holding ratio, and an afterimage property. Based on this situation, it has been desired to develop a liquid crystal alignment agent which has a short electro-optical response time while satisfying the so-called electrical properties of the alignment and voltage holding ratio which are generally required for liquid crystal alignment elements. [PRIOR ART DOCUMENT] [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-521361 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-52 No. 506 (Summary of the Invention) [Problems to be Solved by the Invention] The present invention It is proposed according to the above problems, and an object thereof is to provide a liquid crystal alignment agent which can realize a high-speed response of a liquid crystal element and at the same time can form a liquid crystal display element having excellent performance such as a voltage holding ratio and a residual image property; A liquid crystal display element such as a vertical type having a liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent, and a polyorganosiloxane compound suitable for use as a liquid crystal alignment agent. [Means for Solving the Problems] The present invention proposed to solve the above problems is a liquid crystal alignment agent containing [A] a polyorganosiloxane compound containing an epoxy group-containing compound. A portion of the polyorganosiloxane and a moiety derived from a compound having a carboxyl group represented by the following formula (1) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "specific carboxylic acid"). R4R2tRl_pOH (1) 0 (In the formula (1), R1 is a methylene group or an alkylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or a cyclohexylene group. These groups may have a substituent. R2 is a double bond, a linking group of any of a triple bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an oxygen atom. R3 is a group having at least two monocyclic structures. a is an integer of 0 to 1.) The liquid crystal alignment agent contains polyorganoquinone Since the oxane compound has a liquid crystal display element using a liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent, it has excellent alignment property, high voltage holding property, excellent afterimage properties, and shortens response time (starting time). Further, by having an epoxy group, the liquid crystal alignment agent can further improve the so-called electrical properties of the alignment property and the voltage holding ratio. Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent can introduce a structure having dielectric anisotropy in a side chain by having a specific structural unit, and a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent further improves the nature and the residual of the 201120070 The nature of the film further shortens the response time. Further, by utilizing the reactivity between the epoxy group and the carboxyl group, it is possible to easily introduce a dielectric anisotropy represented by the above formula (1) on the side chain in the polyorganosiloxane of the main chain. structure. R3 in the above formula (1) is preferably a group represented by the following formula (2). R7——R6——R5——R4—— (2) (In the formula (2), R4 and R6 are respectively a phenyl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a cyclohexylene group, a dicyclohexyl group, and a cyclohexyl group. a phenyl group or a heterocyclic ring which may further have a substituent. R5 is any of an alkylene group, a double bond, a triple bond, an ether bond, an ester bond and a heterocyclic ring having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. a linking group: R7 is any one of a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkyl group and an alkoxy group, and when R6 has a plurality of substituents, they may be the same. Alternatively, a different group may be combined. b is an integer of 0 to 1. c is an integer of 1 to 9.) The above formula (2) is introduced on the side chain of the polyorganosiloxane compound of the liquid crystal alignment agent. The structure shown can increase the electro-optical response of the obtained liquid crystal alignment element. The above epoxy group is preferably a group represented by the following formula (x^l) or (χ1-).

201120070 (式(XLl)中,A是氧原子或單鍵。h是1~3的整數。i 是0〜6的整數。其中,在i爲0時,A是單鍵。表示 連接鍵。) 藉由含有上述式(X^l)或(X1-〗)表示的基團,可以在該 液晶配向劑的聚有機矽氧烷化合物中,容易地導入來自上 述式(1)所示的具有特定結構的化合物的側鏈基。 該液晶配向劑較佳係進一步含有選自由[B]聚醯胺酸 和聚醯亞胺構成的群組的至少1種聚合物(以下’有時也稱 作“ [B ]聚合物”)。如果使用上述這種聚合物製造液晶配 向膜,可以得到進一步改善電性質的液晶顯示元件。 本發明的液晶顯示元件具有由該液晶配向劑形成的液 晶配向膜。由此,可以得到優異的配向性、電壓保持率、 殘影性質等電性質,而且具有高速化的電光學回應性的液 晶顯示元件。 本發明中,還適合包含一種液晶顯示元件,其具有透 明電極和層疊在該透明電極上的上述液晶配向膜,液晶配 向模式是垂直型,而且具有兩個以上配向方位不同的區 域。另外,就具有兩個以上配向方位不同的區域的手段而 言,較佳爲使用形成圖案的透明電極就上述透明電極的手 段,或者對上述液晶配向膜賦予配向分割功能的手段。該 液晶顯示元件適合在TN、STN、IPS' VA(包含VA-MVA方 式、VA-PVA方式等)等驅動模式中使用,可以進一步提高 對比度,而且還進一步提高高速回應性。 201120070 本發明中,還適合包含一種液晶配向劑,該液晶配向 劑用於形成下述液晶顯示元件中的液晶配向膜,且該液晶 顯示元件具有透明電極和層疊在該透明電極上的液晶配向 膜,液晶配向模式是垂直型,而且具有兩個以上配向方位 不同的區域;其特徵在於:包含具有下述式(3)所示的基團 的化合物。另外,就具有兩個以上配向方位不同的區域的 手段而言,較佳爲使用形成圖案的透明電極或者具有配向 分割功能的液晶配向膜。 R3-|r2-|—* (3)201120070 (In the formula (XL1), A is an oxygen atom or a single bond. h is an integer of 1 to 3. i is an integer of 0 to 6. Here, when i is 0, A is a single bond. By containing a group represented by the above formula (X^1) or (X1-), it is possible to easily introduce a specific one represented by the above formula (1) in the polyorganosiloxane compound of the liquid crystal alignment agent. a side chain group of a structural compound. The liquid crystal alignment agent preferably further contains at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of [B] polyproline and polyimine (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "[B] polymer"). If a liquid crystal alignment film is produced using such a polymer as described above, a liquid crystal display element which further improves electrical properties can be obtained. The liquid crystal display element of the present invention has a liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent. As a result, it is possible to obtain an electrooptical display element having excellent electrical properties such as excellent alignment properties, voltage holding ratio, and afterimage properties, and having high speed. In the present invention, it is also suitable to include a liquid crystal display element having a transparent electrode and the above liquid crystal alignment film laminated on the transparent electrode, the liquid crystal alignment mode is vertical, and has two or more regions having different alignment directions. Further, in the case of a means having two or more regions having different alignment directions, it is preferable to use a pattern-formed transparent electrode as a means for applying the alignment electrode or a means for imparting an alignment division function to the liquid crystal alignment film. The liquid crystal display element is suitable for use in driving modes such as TN, STN, IPS' VA (including VA-MVA mode, VA-PVA mode, etc.), and can further improve contrast and further improve high-speed responsiveness. 201120070 In the present invention, it is also suitable to include a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment film in a liquid crystal display element described below, and the liquid crystal display element has a transparent electrode and a liquid crystal alignment film laminated on the transparent electrode The liquid crystal alignment mode is a vertical type and has two or more regions having different alignment directions; and is characterized by comprising a compound having a group represented by the following formula (3). Further, in the case of a means having two or more regions having different alignment directions, it is preferable to use a patterned transparent electrode or a liquid crystal alignment film having an alignment dividing function. R3-|r2-|-* (3)

Ja (式(3)中,R2是包含雙鍵、三鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵或氧原子 的任意者的連接基團。R3是具有至少兩個單環結構的基 團。a是0〜1的整數。表示連接鍵。) 在本發明中,還適合包含一種液晶顯示元件,該液晶 顯示元件的液晶配向模式是垂直型,而且具有兩個以上配 向方位不同的區域,其特徵在於:具有由上述液晶配向劑 (該液晶配向劑的特徵是包含具有上述式(3)所示的基團的 化合物)形成的液晶配向膜。 本發明的聚有機矽氧烷化合物包含來自具有環氧基的 聚有機矽氧烷的部分,以及來自下述式(1)所示的具有羧基 的化合物、或式(1)的R3具有下述式(2)所示的羧基的化合 物的部分。Ja (in the formula (3), R2 is a linking group containing a double bond, a triple bond, an ether bond, an ester bond or an oxygen atom. R3 is a group having at least two monocyclic structures. a is 0~ An integer of 1. Indicates a connection key.) In the present invention, it is also suitable to include a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal alignment mode of a vertical type and having two or more regions having different alignment directions, characterized in that A liquid crystal alignment film formed of the above liquid crystal alignment agent which is characterized by containing a compound having a group represented by the above formula (3). The polyorganosiloxane compound of the present invention contains a moiety derived from a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, and a compound having a carboxyl group represented by the following formula (1), or R3 of the formula (1) has the following A moiety of a compound of a carboxyl group represented by the formula (2).

2 R1r 3 R R1 ο :o2 R1r 3 R R1 ο :o

\n/ 1 /V 201120070 (式(1)中’ R1是亞甲基或碳原子數爲2~30的伸烷基、 伸苯基或伸環己基。這些基團可以具有取代基。R2是包含 雙鍵、三鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵和氧原子的任意者的連接基團。 R3是具有至少兩個單環結構的基團。a是0~1的整數。) R7·—R6—R5-一R4—— (2)\n/ 1 /V 201120070 (In the formula (1), 'R1 is a methylene group or an alkyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or a cyclohexylene group. These groups may have a substituent. R2 is a linking group containing any of a double bond, a triple bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an oxygen atom. R3 is a group having at least two monocyclic structures. a is an integer of 0 to 1.) R7·-R6- R5-a R4 - (2)

Jc Jb (式(2)中,R4和R6分別是伸苯基、伸聯苯基、萘基、 伸環己基、伸二環己基、伸環己基伸苯基或雜環,它們可 以進一步具有取代基。R5是包含可以具有取代基的碳原子 數爲1~10的伸烷基、雙鍵、三鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵和雜環的任 意者的連接基團。R7是氫原子、氰基、氟原子、三氟甲基、 烷氧羰基、烷基和烷氧基的任意者,R6在具有多個取代基 時,它們可以分別相同’或者也可以組合不同的基團。b 是0〜1的整數。C是1〜9的整數。) 該聚有機矽氧烷化合物適合在用於構成具有配向性、 高速回應性、電壓性質以及殘影性質等各種性能的液晶顯 示元件的液晶配向劑中使用。 [發明的效果] 根據本發明可以提供配向性優異、可以高速回應’而 且能夠形成電壓性質以及殘影性質等各種性質優異的液晶 顯示元件的液晶配向劑。因此,該液晶顯不兀件適合在 TN、STN、IPS、VA(包含 VA-MVA 方式、VA-PVA 方式等) 等驅動模式中使用。 【實施方式】 -10- 201120070 <液晶配向劑> 本發明的液晶配向劑含有[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物。該 液晶配向劑由於含有[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物,所以具有使 用該液晶配向劑形成的液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件,配向 性良好,具有高的電壓保持性質,殘影性質優異,而且可 以縮短回應時間。另外,可以含有[B ]聚合物等後述的“其 他聚合物”。此外,在不損害本發明效果的範圍內,可以 含有其他任意成分。以下,對各成分進行詳細描述。 <[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物> [A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物包含來自具有環氧基的聚有 機矽氧烷的部分,以及來自上述式(1)所示的特定羧酸的部 分。該液晶配向劑藉由具有特定的結構單元,可以在側鏈 導入具有介電各向異性的結構,具有使用該液晶配向劑形 成的液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件可進一步提高電性質和殘 影性質’並進一步縮短回應時間。另外,藉由利用環氧基 和羧基間的反應性’可以容易地在就主鏈的聚有機矽氧烷 中’導入就側鏈的上述式(1)所示的具有介電各向異性的結 構。 [A]聚有機砂氧烷化合物認爲主要是由聚有機矽氧烷 的環氧基和特定羧酸的羧基的反應物得到,但是爲了容易 地進行之後的說明’方便起見,將來自具有環氧基的聚有 機矽氧烷(及其衍生物)的部分和來自特定羧酸的部分分 開’對該液晶配向劑中含有的[A ]聚有機矽氧烷化合物進行 -11- 201120070 說明。 [來自具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷的部分] 該部分是在[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的結構中,包含就 聚合物主鏈的聚有機矽氧烷骨架和就由該聚有機矽氧烷主 鏈延伸出的側鏈的含有環氧基的骨架的槪念。如上所述, [A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物認爲是大部分的環氧基和特定羧 酸反應,不存在其初期結構,但是特定羧酸也可以和環氧 基以外的部分連接。因此,在本發明中,包含兩種樣態, 形成“來自具有環氧基的有機矽氧烷化合物的部分”。 [A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物藉由具有包括縮水甘油基、氧 化縮水甘油基、環氧環己基的基團等環氧基,該液晶配向 劑可以進一步提高配向性以及電壓保持率所謂的電性質。 就環氧基而言較佳爲上述式(X^l)或(X1·〗)表示的基團。藉 由在具有上述式(1)所示的結構單元的聚有機矽氧烷中,含 有上述式(XM)或(X1-〗)表示的基團,可以在該液晶配向劑 的聚有機矽氧烷化合物中,容易地導入來自上述式(1)所示 的具有特定結構的化合物的側鏈基。 上述式(X1-!)或(X1-2)中,較佳係下述式所示的基團。Jc Jb (in the formula (2), R4 and R6 are respectively a phenylene group, a phenylene group, a naphthyl group, a cyclohexylene group, a dicyclohexyl group, a cyclohexylene group or a heterocyclic ring, which may further have a substituent. R5 is a linking group containing any of an alkylene group, a double bond, a triple bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, and a hetero ring having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. R7 is a hydrogen atom or a cyano group. Any one of a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkyl group and an alkoxy group, and when R6 has a plurality of substituents, they may be the same or may be combined with different groups. b is 0~ An integer of 1 and C is an integer of 1 to 9.) The polyorganosiloxane compound is suitable for a liquid crystal alignment agent for constituting a liquid crystal display element having various properties such as an alignment property, a high-speed responsiveness, a voltage property, and an afterimage property. Used in. [Effects of the Invention] According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal alignment agent which is excellent in the alignment property and which can respond at high speed and which can form liquid crystal display elements having various properties such as voltage properties and afterimage properties. Therefore, the liquid crystal display is suitable for use in driving modes such as TN, STN, IPS, VA (including VA-MVA mode, VA-PVA mode, etc.). [Embodiment] -10-201120070 <Liquid crystal alignment agent> The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains a [A] polyorganosiloxane compound. Since the liquid crystal alignment agent contains a [A] polyorganosiloxane compound, it has a liquid crystal display element using a liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent, and has excellent alignment property, high voltage holding property, and excellent afterimage properties. Can shorten the response time. Further, "other polymer" which will be described later, such as [B] polymer, may be contained. Further, other optional components may be contained within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention. Hereinafter, each component will be described in detail. <[A] Polyorganosiloxane compound> [A] The polyorganosiloxane compound comprises a moiety derived from a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, and a specific carboxylic acid represented by the above formula (1) part. The liquid crystal alignment agent can introduce a structure having dielectric anisotropy in a side chain by having a specific structural unit, and a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent can further improve electrical properties and image retention properties. 'And further shorten the response time. Further, by utilizing the reactivity between the epoxy group and the carboxyl group, it is possible to easily introduce a dielectric anisotropy represented by the above formula (1) on the side chain in the polyorganosiloxane of the main chain. structure. The [A] polyorganosiloxane compound is considered to be mainly obtained from a reactant of an epoxy group of a polyorganosiloxane and a carboxyl group of a specific carboxylic acid, but in order to facilitate the subsequent description, it will be derived from The portion of the epoxy group-containing polyorganosiloxane (and its derivative) is separated from the portion derived from the specific carboxylic acid', and the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent is described in -11-201120070. [Part from polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group] This moiety is in the structure of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound, and comprises a polyorganosiloxane skeleton as far as the polymer main chain The enthalpy of the epoxy group-containing skeleton of the side chain extended by the main chain of the organic siloxane. As described above, the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound is considered to be a reaction of most of the epoxy groups with a specific carboxylic acid, and the initial structure is not present, but the specific carboxylic acid may be bonded to a moiety other than the epoxy group. Therefore, in the present invention, two forms are included to form "a moiety derived from an organooxane compound having an epoxy group". [A] Polyorganosiloxane compound by an epoxy group having a group including a glycidyl group, an oxidized glycidyl group, or an epoxycyclohexyl group, the liquid crystal alignment agent can further improve the alignment property and the voltage retention ratio, so-called electricity nature. The epoxy group is preferably a group represented by the above formula (X^1) or (X1·). By containing a group represented by the above formula (XM) or (X1-) in the polyorganosiloxane having the structural unit represented by the above formula (1), polyorganooxime which can be used in the liquid crystal alignment agent In the alkane compound, a side chain group derived from a compound having a specific structure represented by the above formula (1) is easily introduced. In the above formula (X1-!) or (X1-2), a group represented by the following formula is preferred.

-12- 201120070 具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷藉由凝膠滲透 測定的聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量較’ 1 00,000,更佳爲 1,000 〜50,000,特佳爲 1,〇〇〇‘ [具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷的合成方法] 這種具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷較佳係將 的矽烷化合物、或者具有環氧基的矽烷化合物 化合物的混合物,較佳在適當的有機溶劑、水 存在下,藉由水解或水解、縮合而合成。 就上述具有環氧基的矽烷化合物而言,可 如3-氧化縮水甘油基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3 -氧 基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-氧化縮水甘油基丙基 基矽烷、3-氧化縮水甘油基丙基甲基二乙氧基 化縮水甘油基丙基二甲基甲氧基矽烷、3 -氧化 丙基二甲基乙氧基矽烷、2-氧化縮水甘油基乙 矽烷、2-氧化縮水甘油基乙基三乙氧基矽烷、 甘油基乙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、2-氧化縮水甘 基二乙氧基矽烷、2-氧化縮水甘油基乙基二甲 烷' 2·氧化縮水甘油基乙基二甲基乙氧基矽烷 .水甘油基丁基三甲氧基矽烷、4-氧化縮水甘油 氧基矽烷、4-氧化縮水甘油基丁基甲基二甲氧 氧化縮水甘油基丁基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、4 -氧 基丁基二甲基甲氧基矽烷、4 -氧化縮水甘油基 乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基] 色譜法(GPC) ί圭爲 5 〇 〇〜 〜20,〇〇〇 。 具有環氧基 和其他矽烷 和催化劑的 以列舉出例 化縮水甘油 甲基二甲氧 矽烷、3-氧 縮水甘油基 基三甲氧基 2-氧化縮水 油基乙基甲 基甲氧基矽 、4 -氧化縮 基丁基二乙 基矽烷、4 -化縮水甘油 丁基二甲基 ϊ夕烷、2-(3,4- -13- 201120070 環氧環己基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-(3,4-環氧環己基)丙基三 甲氧基矽烷、3-(3,4-環氧環己基)丙基三乙氧基砂院等。它 們可以單獨使用或使用兩種以上。 就上述其他矽烷化合物而言,可以列舉出例如四氯砂 烷、四甲氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、四正丙氧基砂院、四 異丙氧基矽烷、四正丁氧基矽烷、四三級丁氧基@《完 '三 氯矽烷、三甲氧基矽烷、三乙氧基矽烷、三正丙氧基砂垸、 三異丙氧基矽烷、三正丁氧基矽烷、三三級丁氧基砂院、 氟三氯矽烷、氟三甲氧基矽烷、氟三乙氧基砂院、氟三正 丙氧基矽烷、氟三異丙氧基矽烷、氟三正丁氧基砂院 '氟 三三級丁氧基矽烷 '甲基三氯矽烷、甲基三甲氧基砂院、 甲基三乙氧基矽烷、甲基三正丙氧基矽烷、甲基三異丙氧 基矽烷、甲基三正丁氧基矽烷、甲基三三級丁氧基砂院、 2-(三氟甲基)乙基三氯矽烷、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三甲氧基砂 烷、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三 正丙氧基矽烷、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三異丙氧基矽烷、2-(三 氟甲基)乙基三正丁氧基矽烷' 2-(三氟甲基)乙基三三級丁 氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正己基)乙基三氯矽烷、2-(全氟正己基) 乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正己基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、 2-(全氟正己基)乙基三正丙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正己基)乙基 三異丙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正己基)乙基三正丁氧基矽烷、 2-(全氟正己基)乙基三三級丁氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正辛基)乙 基三氯矽烷、2-(全氟正辛基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(全氟 -14- 201120070 正辛基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正辛基)乙基三正丙氧 基矽烷、2-(全氟正辛基)乙基三異丙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正 辛基)乙基三正丁氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正辛基)乙基三三級丁 氧基矽烷、羥基甲基三氯矽烷、羥基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、 羥基乙基三甲氧基矽烷、羥基甲基三正丙氧基矽烷、羥基 甲基三異丙氧基矽烷、羥基甲基三正丁氧基矽烷、羥基甲 基三三級丁氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三氯矽烷、 3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧 基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三正丙氧基 矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三異丙氧基矽烷、3-(甲基) 丙烯醯氧基丙基三正丁氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基 三三級丁氧基矽烷、3 -毓基丙基三氯矽烷、3 -锍基丙基三 甲氧基矽烷、3-锍基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-锍基丙基三正 丙氧基矽烷、3 -巯基丙基三異丙氧基矽烷、3 -锍基丙基三 正丁氧基矽烷、3 -锍基丙基三三級丁氧基矽烷、锍基甲基 三甲氧基矽烷、锍基甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三氯矽烷、 乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三正 丙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三異丙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三正丁氧基 矽烷、乙烯基三三級丁氧基矽烷、烯丙基三氯矽烷、稀丙 基三甲氧基矽烷、烯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三正丙氧 基矽烷、烯丙基三異丙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三正丁氧基矽烷、 烯丙基三三級丁氧基矽烷、苯基三氯矽烷、苯基三甲氧基 矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、苯基三正丙氧基矽烷、苯基三 -15- 201120070 異丙氧基矽烷、苯基三正丁氧基矽烷、苯基三三級丁氧基 矽烷、甲基二氯矽烷、甲基二甲氧基矽烷、甲基二乙氧基 矽烷、甲基二正丙氧基矽烷、甲基二異丙氧基矽烷、甲基 二正丁氧基矽烷、甲基二三級丁氧基矽烷、二甲基二氯矽 烷、二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基矽烷、二甲基 二正丙氧基矽烷、二甲基二異丙氧基矽烷、二甲基二正丁 氧基矽烷、二甲基二三級丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)〔2-(全氟正 辛基)乙基〕二氯矽烷、(甲基)〔2-(全氟正辛基)乙基〕二 甲氧基矽烷、(甲基)〔2-(全氟正辛基)乙基〕二乙氧基矽烷、 (甲基)〔2-(全氟正辛基)乙基〕二正丙氧基矽烷、(甲基) 〔2-(全氟正辛基)乙基〕二異丙氧基矽烷、(甲基)〔2-(全氟 正辛基)乙基〕二正丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)〔2-(全氟正辛基) 乙基〕二三級丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3-锍基丙基)二氯矽烷、 (甲基)(3-锍基丙基)二甲氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3-锍基丙基)二 乙氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3 -毓基丙基)二正丙氧基矽烷、(甲 基)(3-锍基丙基)二異丙氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3-巯基丙基)二正 丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3 -锍基丙基)二三級丁氧基矽烷、(甲 基)(乙烯基)二氯矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯基)二甲氧基矽烷、(甲 基)(乙烯基)二乙氧基矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯基)二正丙氧基矽 烷、(甲基)(乙烯基)二異丙氧基矽烷 ' (甲基)(乙烯基)二正 丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯基)二三級丁氧基矽烷、二乙烯基 二氯矽烷、二乙烯基二甲氧基矽烷、二乙烯基二乙氧基矽 烷、二乙烯基二正丙氧基矽烷、二乙烯基二異丙氧基矽烷、 -16 - 201120070 二乙烯基二正丁氧基矽烷、二乙烯基二三級丁氧基矽烷' 二苯基二氯矽烷、二苯基二甲氧基矽烷、二苯基二乙氧基 矽烷、二苯基二正丙氧基矽烷、二苯基二異丙氧基矽烷' 二苯基二正丁氧基矽烷、二苯基二三級丁氧基矽烷 '氯二 甲基矽烷、甲氧基二甲基矽烷、乙氧基二甲基矽烷、氯三 甲基砂烷、溴三甲基矽烷、碘三甲基矽烷、甲氧基三甲基 矽烷、乙氧基三甲基矽烷、正丙氧基三甲基矽烷、異丙氧 基三甲基矽烷、正丁氧基三甲基矽烷、三級丁氧基三甲基 矽烷、二級丁氧基三甲基矽烷、(氯)(乙烯基)二甲基矽烷、 (甲氧基)(乙烯基)二甲基矽烷、(乙氧基)(乙烯基)二甲基矽 烷、(氯)(甲基)二苯基矽烷、(甲氧基)(甲基)二苯基矽烷、(乙 氧基)(甲基)二苯基矽烷等具有1個矽原子的矽烷化合物。 就市售商品而言,可以列舉出例如: KC-89、 KC-89S ' X-21-3153' X-21-5841' X-21-5842' X-21-5843、 X-2卜5844、 X-21-5845、 X-21-5846、 X-21-5847 、 X-21-5 848 、 X- 22- 1 60AS 、 X- 22- 1 70B 、 X- 22- 1 7 0BX 、 X-22- 1 70D ' X- 22- 1 70DX 、 X - 2 2 · 1 7 6 B 、 X - 2 2 - 1 7 6 D 、 X-22-176DX 、 X-22-176F 、 X-40-2308 、 X-40-2651 、 X-40-2655A、 X-40-2671、 X-40-2672、 X-40-9220、 X.40.9225、 X-40-9227、 X-40-9246、 X-40-9247、 X-40-9250、 X-40-9323 、 X-41-1053 ' X-41-1056' X-41-1805' X-41-1810' KF6001' KF6002、KF6003、KR212、KR-213、KR-217、KR220L、 KR242A、 KR27卜 KR282、 KR300、 KR31卜 KR401N、 KR500、 -17- 201120070 KR5 10、KR5 206、KR5 230、KR5235、KR92 1 8、KR9 7 06(以上, 信越化學工業公司);-12- 201120070 Polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight measured by gel permeation is more than '100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, especially preferably 1, 〇〇〇' [Synthesis method of polyorganosiloxane having epoxy group] The polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group is preferably a mixture of a decane compound or a decane compound having an epoxy group, preferably It is synthesized by hydrolysis, hydrolysis or condensation in the presence of a suitable organic solvent or water. With respect to the above decane compound having an epoxy group, it may be, for example, 3-oxyglycidylpropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-oxypropyltriethoxydecane, 3-oxyglycidylpropyl decane, 3- oxidized glycidyl propyl methyl diethoxylated glycidyl propyl dimethyl methoxy decane, 3- ethoxypropyl dimethyl ethoxy decane, 2-oxyglycidyl ethane hexane, 2-oxyglycidylethyltriethoxydecane, glycerylethylmethyldimethoxydecane, 2-oxo-glycolyldiethoxydecane, 2-oxyglycidylethyldimethane' 2 · Oxidized glycidyl ethyl dimethyl ethoxy decane. Hydroglycidyl butyl trimethoxy decane, 4-oxyglyoxy methoxy decane, 4- oxidized glycidyl butyl methyl dioxy oxy glycidyl butyl group Diethoxy decane, 4-methoxybutyldimethylmethoxydecane, 4-ethoxyglycidyl ethoxy decane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxy] Chromatography (GPC) 圭 Gui is 5 〇〇 ~ ~ 20, 〇〇〇. Examples of epoxy groups and other decanes and catalysts include exemplified glycidyl methyl dimethoxy decane, 3-oxo glycidyl trimethoxy 2- oxidized condensed ethyl methoxy methoxy hydrazine, 4 - butyl butyl diethyl decane, 4-glycidyl butyl dimethyl oxime, 2-(3,4- -13-201120070 epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltriethoxy decane, 3 -(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)propyltrimethoxydecane, 3-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)propyltriethoxylate or the like. They can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Examples of the other decane compound mentioned above include tetrachlorosane, tetramethoxy decane, tetraethoxy decane, tetra-n-propoxy oxalate, tetraisopropoxy decane, and tetra-n-butoxy decane. , four or three grades of butoxy@"Complete" trichlorodecane, trimethoxydecane, triethoxydecane, tri-n-propoxylated samarium, triisopropoxy decane, tri-n-butoxy decane, three-three Grade butoxylate, fluorotrichloromethane, fluorotrimethoxydecane, fluorotriethoxy sand, fluorotri-n-propoxy decane, fluorotriisopropoxy decane, fluorotri-n-butoxy sand 'Fluorine tris-butoxybutane' methyltrichlorodecane, methyltrimethoxy sand, methyltriethoxydecane, methyltri-n-propoxydecane, methyltriisopropoxydecane, Methyl tri-n-butoxy decane, methyl tri-tertiary butoxylate, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltrichlorodecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltrimethoxy sane, 2-(Trifluoromethyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltri-n-propoxydecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltriisopropoxydecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl Ethyltri-n-butoxydecane' 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltris-tert-butoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl)ethyltrichlorodecane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl) Trimethoxy decane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl)ethyltriethoxy decane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl)ethyltri-n-propoxy decane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl)ethyl Isopropoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl)ethyltri-n-butoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl)ethyltris-butoxypropane, 2-(perfluoro-n-octyl) Ethyltrichloromethane, 2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-14-201120070 n-octyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-n-octane Ethyl tri-n-propoxy decane, 2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyltriisopropoxy decane, 2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyltri-n-butoxy decane, 2-( Perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyltris-tert-butoxydecane, hydroxymethyltrichlorodecane, hydroxymethyltrimethoxydecane, hydroxyethyltrimethoxydecane, hydroxymethyltri-n-propoxydecane, hydroxy Methyl triisopropoxy decane, hydroxymethyl tri-n-butoxy decane, Methyl tri-tertiary butoxy decane, 3-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl trichloro decane, 3-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl trimethoxy decane, 3-(methyl) Propylene methoxy propyl triethoxy decane, 3-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl tri-n-propoxy decane, 3-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl triisopropoxy decane, 3-(Methyl)propenyloxypropyltri-n-butoxydecane, 3-(methyl)propenyloxypropyltris-tert-butoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltrichlorodecane, 3 - mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltri-n-propoxyoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltriisopropoxydecane, 3-indole Propyl tri-n-butoxy decane, 3-mercaptopropyltris-tert-butoxy decane, decylmethyltrimethoxydecane, decylmethyltriethoxydecane, vinyltrichlorodecane, ethylene Trimethoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy decane, vinyl tri-n-propoxy decane, vinyl triisopropoxy decane, vinyl tri-n-butoxy decane, vinyl tri- tertiary butoxy decane Allyl trichloropurine Alkane, propyl trimethoxy decane, allyl triethoxy decane, allyl tri-n-propoxy decane, allyl triisopropoxy decane, allyl tri-n-butoxy decane, olefin Propyl tris-butoxybutane, phenyltrichlorodecane, phenyltrimethoxydecane, phenyltriethoxydecane, phenyltri-n-propoxydecane, phenyl tri-15-201120070 isopropoxy Base decane, phenyl tri-n-butoxy decane, phenyl tri-tert-butoxy decane, methyl dichlorodecane, methyl dimethoxy decane, methyl diethoxy decane, methyl di-n-propoxy Base decane, methyl diisopropoxy decane, methyl di-n-butoxy decane, methyl di-tert-butoxy decane, dimethyl dichloro decane, dimethyl dimethoxy decane, dimethyl Diethoxydecane, dimethyldi-n-propoxyoxydecane, dimethyldiisopropoxydecane, dimethyldi-n-butoxydecane, dimethylditributoxybutane, (methyl ) 2-(Perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]dichlorodecane, (methyl)[2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]dimethoxydecane, (methyl) [2-(all) Fluorine Ethyl]diethoxy decane, (methyl)[2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]di-n-propoxy decane, (methyl) [2-(perfluoro-n-octyl) Diisopropoxy decane, (methyl) [2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]di-n-butoxy decane, (methyl) [2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl] Di-tert-butoxybutane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)dichlorodecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)dimethoxydecane, (methyl)(3-锍Propyl)diethoxydecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)di-n-propoxydecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)diisopropoxydecane, (A) (3-mercaptopropyl)di-n-butoxydecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)di-tert-butoxydecane, (methyl)(vinyl)dichlorodecane, (A) (vinyl)dimethoxydecane, (meth)(vinyl)diethoxydecane, (methyl)(vinyl)di-n-propoxydecane, (methyl)(vinyl) Isopropoxydecane '(methyl)(vinyl)di-n-butoxydecane, (A (vinyl) di-tertiary butoxy decane, divinyl dichlorodecane, divinyl dimethoxy decane, divinyl diethoxy decane, divinyl di-n-propoxy decane, two Vinyl diisopropoxy decane, -16 - 201120070 divinyl di-n-butoxy decane, divinyl di-n-butoxy decane 'diphenyl dichloro decane, diphenyl dimethoxy decane, Diphenyldiethoxydecane, diphenyldi-n-propoxy decane, diphenyldiisopropoxydecane 'diphenyldi-n-butoxy decane, diphenyl di-tertiary butoxy decane' Chlorodimethyl decane, methoxy dimethyl decane, ethoxy dimethyl decane, chlorotrimethyl sane, bromotrimethyl decane, iodine trimethyl decane, methoxy trimethyl decane, B Oxylic trimethyl decane, n-propoxy trimethyl decane, isopropoxy trimethyl decane, n-butoxy trimethyl decane, tertiary butoxy trimethyl decane, secondary butoxy 3 Methyl decane, (chloro) (vinyl) dimethyl decane, (methoxy) (vinyl) dimethyl decane, (ethoxy) (vinyl) a decane having one ruthenium atom such as decane, (chloro)(methyl)diphenyl decane, (methoxy)(methyl)diphenyl decane or (ethoxy)(methyl)diphenyl decane Compound. As for the commercially available products, for example, KC-89, KC-89S 'X-21-3153' X-21-5841' X-21-5842' X-21-5843, X-2 Bu 5844, X-21-5845, X-21-5846, X-21-5847, X-21-5 848, X- 22- 1 60AS, X- 22- 1 70B, X- 22- 1 7 0BX, X-22 - 1 70D ' X- 22- 1 70DX , X - 2 2 · 1 7 6 B , X - 2 2 - 1 7 6 D , X-22-176DX , X-22-176F , X-40-2308 , X -40-2651, X-40-2655A, X-40-2671, X-40-2672, X-40-9220, X.40.9225, X-40-9227, X-40-9246, X-40-9247 , X-40-9250, X-40-9323, X-41-1053 'X-41-1056' X-41-1805' X-41-1810' KF6001' KF6002, KF6003, KR212, KR-213, KR -217, KR220L, KR242A, KR27, KR282, KR300, KR31, KR401N, KR500, -17- 201120070 KR5 10, KR5 206, KR5 230, KR5235, KR92 1 8, KR9 7 06 (above, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.);

Class Resin(昭和電工公司); SH804 ' SH805 、 SH806A 、 SH840 、 SR2400 、 SR2402 、 SR2405、SR2406、SR2410、SR24U、SR2416、SR2420(以上, TORAY · CORNING 公司); FZ3711、FZ3722(以上,Nippon Unicar ^ W]); DMS-S12、DMS-S15、DMS-S21、DMS-S27、DMS-S31、 DMS-S32、DMS-S33、DMS-S35、DMS-S38、DMS-S42、DMS-S45 ' DMS-S5 1、DMS- 227、PSD-03 3 2、PDS-1615、PDS- 9 9 3 1、 XMS-5025(以上,Chisso 公司);Class Resin (Showa Denko); SH804 'SH805, SH806A, SH840, SR2400, SR2402, SR2405, SR2406, SR2410, SR24U, SR2416, SR2420 (above, TORAY · CORNING); FZ3711, FZ3722 (above, Nippon Unicar ^ W ]); DMS-S12, DMS-S15, DMS-S21, DMS-S27, DMS-S31, DMS-S32, DMS-S33, DMS-S35, DMS-S38, DMS-S42, DMS-S45 ' DMS-S5 1, DMS-227, PSD-03 3 2, PDS-1615, PDS- 9 9 3 1, XMS-5025 (above, Chisso);

Methyl silicate MS51、Methyl silicate MS56(以上,三 菱化學公司);Methyl silicate MS51, Methyl silicate MS56 (above, Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation);

Ethyl silicate 28 ' Ethyl silicate 40、Ethyl silicate 48(以 上,Colcoat 公司); GR100、GR650、GR908 ' GR950(以上,昭和電工公司) 等部分縮合物。 這些其他矽烷化合物中,從所得的液晶顯示元件的配 向性以及保存穩定性的觀點來看,較佳係四甲氧基矽烷、 四乙氧基矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、 3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧 基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙 氧基矽烷、烯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、烯丙基三乙氧基矽烷' -18- 201120070 苯基三甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、3 -锍基丙基三甲 氧基矽烷、3 -锍基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、锍基甲基三甲氧基 矽烷、锍基甲基三乙氧基矽烷、二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、二 甲基二乙氧基矽烷。 本發明中較佳使用的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷由於 導入足夠量的具有介電各向異性的側鏈,所以其環氧當量 較佳爲100〜10,000g/mol,更佳爲150~l,000g/mol,特佳爲 150〜300g/mol。因此,在合成具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷前 體時,較佳係設定矽烷化合物和其他矽烷化合物的使用比 例,從而使所得的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷的環氧當量 爲上述範圍。在合成本發明中使用的具有環氧基的聚有機 矽氧烷時,更佳係只使用矽烷化合物,不使用其他矽烷化 合物。 就可以在合成具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時使用的有 機溶劑而言,可以列舉出例如烴化合物、酮化合物、酯化 合物、醚化合物、醇化合物等。 就上述烴而言,可以列舉出例如甲苯、二甲苯等;就 上述酮而言,可以列舉出例如甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、 甲基正戊基酮、二乙基酮、環己酮等;就上述酯而言’可 以列舉出例如乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異戊基酯 '丙 二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、3 -甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯等; 就上述醚而言,可以列舉出例如乙二醇二甲基醚、乙一醇 二乙基醚、四氫呋喃、二噚烷等;就上述醇而言,可以列 -19- 201120070 舉出例如I -己醇、4 -甲基-2-戊醇、乙二醇單甲基醚、乙二 醇單乙基醚、乙二醇單正丙基醚 '乙二醇單正丁基醚、丙 二醇單甲基醚 '丙二醇單乙基醚、丙二醇單正丙基醚等。 它們之中,較佳係非水溶性者。這些有機溶劑可以單獨使 用或使用兩種以上。 相對於1 00質量份全部的矽烷化合物’有機溶劑的用 量較佳爲10~10,000質量份,更佳爲50〜1,〇〇〇質量份。製 造具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時,水的用量相對於全部矽 烷化合物較佳爲0.5 ~ 1 0 0倍莫耳,更佳爲1〜3 0倍莫耳。 就上述催化劑而言,可以使用例如酸、鹼金屬化合物、 有機鹼、鈦化合物、锆化合物等。 就上述鹼金屬化合物而言,可以列舉出例如氫氧化 鈉、氫氧化鉀、甲氧基鈉、甲氧基鉀、乙氧基鈉、乙氧基 鉀等。 就上述有機鹼而言,可以分別列舉出例如乙胺、二乙 胺、哌畊、哌啶、吡咯啶、吡咯等一級、三級有機胺;三 乙胺、三正丙基胺、三正丁基胺、吡啶、4 -二甲基胺基吡 * 啶、二吖二環十一烯等二級有機胺;氫氧化四甲基銨等新 有機胺等。這些有機鹼中,考慮到穩定進行反應的觀點, 較佳係三乙胺、三正丙基胺、三正丁基胺、吡啶、4 -二甲 基胺基吡啶等二級有機胺;氫氧化四甲基銨等新有機胺。 就製造具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時的催化劑而言, 較佳係鹼金屬化合物或有機鹼。藉由使用鹼金屬或有機鹼 -20- 201120070 就催化劑’不會產生環氧基的開環等副反應,可以高的水 解 '縮合速度’得到目標的聚有機矽氧烷,所以生產穩定 性優異’係較佳。另外,含有使用鹼金屬化合物或有機鹼 就催化劑合成的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷和特定的羧酸 的反應物的該液晶配向劑由於保存穩定性極爲優異,所以 合適。其理由如 Chemical Reviews,第 95 卷,pl409(1995 年)所指出的那樣’推測是如果在水解、縮合反應中使用鹼 金屬化合物或有機鹼就催化劑,則形成無規結構、梯型結 構、籠型結構,無法得到矽烷醇基的含有比例少的聚有機 砂氧烷。推測是由於矽烷醇基的含有比例少,而抑制矽烷 醇基之間的縮合反應,進而在該液晶配向劑含有後述的其 他聚合物時,抑制矽烷醇基和其他聚合物的縮合反應,從 而使保存穩定性優異。 就催化劑而言特佳係有機鹼。有機鹼的用量應當根據 有機鹼的種類、溫度等反應條件等而異,並適當設定,例 如相對於全部矽烷化合物,較佳爲〇·〇1〜3倍莫耳,更佳爲 0.05〜1倍莫耳。 製造具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時的水解或水解.縮 合反應以藉由將具有環氧基的矽烷化合物和根據需要使用 的其他矽烷化合物溶解到有機溶劑中,將該溶液與有機鹼 和水混合,藉由例如油浴等加熱進行爲較佳。 水解、縮合反應時,理想係油浴的加熱溫度較佳爲丨3 〇 °C以下,更佳爲4 0〜1 0 0 °C,較佳加熱0 · 5 ~ 1 2小時,更佳加 -21 - 201120070 熱1〜8小時。加熱時,可以攪拌混合液,亦可在回流 行。 反應結束後,較佳係用水洗滌從反應液分取的有 劑層。該洗滌時,藉由含有少量鹽的水,例如0 · 2質舅 右的硝酸敍水溶液等洗滌,因容易進行洗滌操作所 佳。洗滌進行到洗滌後的水層爲中性,之後根據需要 水硫酸鈣、分子篩等乾燥劑乾燥後,除去溶劑,可以 作爲目標的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷。 在本發明中,就具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷而言 使用市售者。就這種市售商品而言,可以列舉出 DMS-ECH、DMS-E12、DMS-E21、EMS-32(以上,Chisso: 等。 [A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物可包含來自具有環氧基 有機矽氧烷本身水解生成的水解物的部分,以及來自 環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷之間水解縮合形成水解縮合物 分。就該部分的構成材料的這些水解物以及水解縮合 以和具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷的水解、縮合條件同 製備。 [來自特定羧酸的部分] 上述式(1)所不的該部分相當於該液晶配向劑中 的[A]成分的聚有機矽氧烷化合物結構中,相當於主要 和來自從聚有機矽氧烷的主鏈延伸出的環氧基的結構 的來自殘基的結構爲起點的側鍵結構。但是,在本發明 下進 機溶 [%左 以較 用無 得到 可以 例如 ☆司) 的聚 具有 的部 物也 樣地 含有 是以 連接 j中, -22- 201120070 與特定羧酸和環氧基以外的部分連接的情形也包含 自特定羧酸的部分”中。 上述式(1)的R1是亞甲基或碳原子數爲2~3〇 基、伸苯基或伸環己基’它們可以進一步具有取代 就碳原子數爲2〜30的伸烷基而言,可以列舉 基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基、伸辛基 '伸 伸癸基、伸十一烷基、伸十二烷基、伸十四烷基、 烷基、伸十八烷基、伸十九烷基、伸二十烷基、伸 烷基、伸二十二烷基、伸二十三烷基、伸二十四烷 一十五丨兀基、伸一十院基、伸二十七院基、伸一 基、伸二十九烷基和伸三十烷基等。它們之中,爲 地顯現出液晶配向,較佳係伸辛基、伸壬基、伸癸 十一烷基、伸十二烷基、伸十四烷基、伸十六烷基 八烷基、伸十九院基、伸二十烷基等碳原子數爲8 20以下的伸烷基。 R2是包含雙鍵、三鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵和氧原子 者的連接基團。另外,R2可以包含任意的上述鍵 以組合含有各鍵。另外,R 1爲伸苯基或伸環己基 形成的配向膜的配向性以及對溶劑的溶解性的 看,R2較佳係包含碳原子數爲1〜30的伸烷基。$ 是0~1的整數。 R3是具有至少兩個單環結構的基團’較佳係顯 或負的介電各向異性。所述的單環結構是一個環結 在“來 的伸烷 基。 出伸乙 壬基、 伸十六 二十一 基、伸 十八院 了穩定 基、伸 、伸十 以上、 的任意 ,也可 時,從 觀點來 8外,a 現出正 構與其 •23- 201120070 他環結構獨立存在’共有一個環結構的鍵和其他環結構, 係所謂的縮合環結構的結構。另外,所述的單環結構可以 是脂環結構、芳環結構、雜環結構的任意者,也可以組合 它們而形成。 R3只要是具有至少兩個以上單環結構的基團,就沒有 特別的限定,代表性地,R3較佳係上述式(2)所示的基團。 藉由在該液晶配向劑的聚有機矽氧烷化合物的側鏈上導入 上述式(2)所示的結構,可以使所得的液晶配向元件的電光 學回應性高速化。式(2)中,R4和R6各自獨立地是伸苯基、 伸聯苯基、萘基、伸環己基、伸二環己基、伸環己基伸苯 基或雜環。就雜環而言,可以列舉出例如吡啶環、嗒畊環、 嘧啶環等。 上述式(2)中,R5包含可以具有取代基的碳原子數爲 1〜10的伸烷基、雙鍵、三鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵和雜環的任意者, 是連接R4和R6的連接基團,可以根據聚有機矽氧烷化合物 所必要的配向性以及介電各向異性而適當選擇。另外,由 於b是0或1的整數,所以在設計側鏈結構時,可以含有 R5 ’也可以不含R5。 上述式(2)中,R7是氫原子、氰基、氟原子 '三氟甲基、 烷氧基羰基、烷基和烷氧基的任意者。分別是,就烷氧基 羰基而言,可以列舉出例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、丙 氧基羰基等;就烷基而言,可以列舉出例如甲基、乙基、 丙基、正丁基、異丁基等碳原子數爲1〜20的直鏈或支鏈狀 -24- 201120070 的烷基等;就烷氧基而言,可以列舉出例如甲氧基、乙氧 基、丙氧基等。 在上述式(2)中,R6在具有多個取代基(R7)時,可以分 別組口不同的基團使用。爲了穩定地顯現出所希望的介電 各向異性’就R6具有多個取代基時的組合而言,較佳係氟 原子和氰基的組合,氟原子和烷基的組合,氰基和烷基的 組合。另外,eΛ c疋0〜9的整數。 所示的具有羧基的化合物而言,可以列舉 出例如下述式m, (D ' 1)〜(D - 2 5 )所示的化合物。 -25- 201120070 rHch^cooh (D-1) r3-{ch2)^-〇-5-^Kcooh (D-16) R3-〇4ch2-)^-COOH (D-2) ,」、S /=\ 〇 R 〇~tCH 七。一11^ J>—COOH (D-17) R3—〇」L_^ch七c〇〇h ㈣ O 〇 _ R3-。」 'CH2"t~C00H (°-4) R3 R ===~~^CH2")^-COOH (D-5> R3-(cH2t^^ COOH (D-6) R3 R3 •COOH (D-18) COOH (D-19) 卜卜七L〇-〇^c( °~^CH2V^^—COOH (D-7) R3—0-fcH2-)^0—(^^-C R3^c^tr0^〇~( CH2')t~/~COOH (D-9) R3 —V . . /==\ ^"fcH2)^-〇—^ ^~COOH (D-23) R3 —- R3—〇 -Λ CH·Ethyl silicate 28 'Ethyl silicate 40, Ethyl silicate 48 (above, Colcoat); GR100, GR650, GR908 'GR950 (above, Showa Denko) and other partial condensates. Among these other decane compounds, tetramethoxy decane, tetraethoxy decane, methyl trimethoxy decane, and methyl triethyl are preferable from the viewpoints of the alignment property and storage stability of the obtained liquid crystal display element. Oxydecane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropyltriethoxydecane, vinyltrimethoxydecane, vinyl triethyl Oxydecane, allyltrimethoxydecane, allyltriethoxydecane' -18- 201120070 Phenyltrimethoxydecane, phenyltriethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane And 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxydecane, mercaptomethyltrimethoxydecane, mercaptomethyltriethoxydecane, dimethyldimethoxydecane, dimethyldiethoxydecane. The polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group preferably used in the present invention has a solvent equivalent of 100 to 10,000 g/mol, more preferably 100 to 10,000 g/mol, because a sufficient amount of a side chain having dielectric anisotropy is introduced. 150~l,000g/mol, particularly preferably 150~300g/mol. Therefore, in the synthesis of the polyorganosiloxane precursor having an epoxy group, it is preferred to set the use ratio of the decane compound and the other decane compound so that the epoxy equivalent of the obtained polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group is obtained. For the above range. In the synthesis of the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group used in the present invention, it is more preferred to use only a decane compound and no other decane compound. The organic solvent to be used in the synthesis of the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group may, for example, be a hydrocarbon compound, a ketone compound, an ester compound, an ether compound or an alcohol compound. Examples of the hydrocarbon include, for example, toluene and xylene; and examples of the ketone include methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl n-amyl ketone, and diethyl ketone. And cyclohexanone, etc.; as the above ester, 'e.g. ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isoamyl acetate 'propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate And ethyl lactate, etc.; as the above-mentioned ether, for example, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethyl alcohol diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, etc.; for the above alcohol, it can be listed as -19-201120070 For example, I-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether 'ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl Ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether 'propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether and the like. Among them, those which are not water-soluble are preferred. These organic solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The organic solvent is preferably used in an amount of 10 to 10,000 parts by mass, more preferably 50 to 1, by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the decane compound. When the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group is produced, the amount of water is preferably from 0.5 to 100 moles, more preferably from 1 to 30 moles per mole of the total decane compound. As the above catalyst, for example, an acid, an alkali metal compound, an organic base, a titanium compound, a zirconium compound or the like can be used. The alkali metal compound may, for example, be sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium methoxide, potassium methoxide, sodium ethoxide or potassium ethoxide. The above organic base may, for example, be a primary or tertiary organic amine such as ethylamine, diethylamine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrrolidine or pyrrole; triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, and tri-n-butyl a secondary organic amine such as a amide, a pyridine, a 4-dimethylaminopyridinium or a dinonylcycloundecene; a new organic amine such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide; and the like. Among these organic bases, a secondary organic amine such as triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, tri-n-butylamine, pyridine or 4-dimethylaminopyridine is preferred in view of stable reaction. New organic amines such as tetramethylammonium. In the case of producing a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, an alkali metal compound or an organic base is preferred. By using an alkali metal or an organic base-20-201120070, the catalyst "can not produce a ring-opening reaction such as ring opening, and can obtain a desired polyorganosiloxane with a high hydrolysis 'condensation rate', so that the production stability is excellent. 'The system is better. Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent containing a reaction product of an epoxy group-containing polyorganosiloxane and a specific carboxylic acid synthesized using an alkali metal compound or an organic base as a catalyst is extremely excellent in storage stability. The reason is as pointed out in Chemical Reviews, Vol. 95, pl 409 (1995). 'It is speculated that if an alkali metal compound or an organic base is used as a catalyst in the hydrolysis or condensation reaction, a random structure, a ladder structure, and a cage are formed. The structure is such that a polyorganosiloxane having a small content of a stanol group cannot be obtained. It is presumed that the condensation reaction between the stanol groups is suppressed by the small content ratio of the stanol group, and the condensation reaction between the stanol group and the other polymer is suppressed when the liquid crystal alignment agent contains another polymer described later. Excellent storage stability. In terms of the catalyst, an organic base is particularly preferred. The amount of the organic base to be used should be appropriately determined depending on the kind of the organic base, the reaction conditions, and the like, and is appropriately set. For example, it is preferably 1 to 3 moles, more preferably 0.05 to 1 times, based on the total of the decane compound. Moor. Hydrolysis or hydrolysis in the production of polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. The condensation reaction is carried out by dissolving a decane compound having an epoxy group and other decane compounds used as needed in an organic solvent, and the solution and the organic base. It is preferably mixed with water and heated by, for example, an oil bath. In the hydrolysis and condensation reaction, the heating temperature of the ideal oil bath is preferably 丨3 〇 ° C or less, more preferably 40 0 to 1 0 0 ° C, preferably heating 0 · 5 ~ 12 hours, more preferably - 21 - 201120070 Hot 1 to 8 hours. When heating, the mixture may be stirred or refluxed. After completion of the reaction, it is preferred to wash the organic layer separated from the reaction liquid with water. At the time of the washing, it is preferably washed by water containing a small amount of salt, for example, a 0. 2 hydrazine aqueous solution or the like. The washing is carried out until the aqueous layer after washing is neutral, and then dried as a drying agent such as calcium sulfate or molecular sieve as needed, and then the solvent is removed to obtain a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group as a target. In the present invention, a commercially available one is used for a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. Examples of such commercially available products include DMS-ECH, DMS-E12, DMS-E21, and EMS-32 (above, Chisso: etc. [A] polyorganosiloxane compound may contain an epoxy group. a portion of the hydrolyzate formed by hydrolysis of the organic oxirane itself, and a polyorganomethoxy oxane derived from an epoxy group to form a hydrolysis condensate component. These hydrolyzates of the constituent materials of the portion are hydrolyzed and condensed with The hydrolysis and condensation conditions of the epoxy group-containing polyorganooxane are the same as those prepared. [Parts derived from a specific carboxylic acid] This portion which is not in the above formula (1) corresponds to the polyorganism of the [A] component in the liquid crystal alignment agent. In the structure of the oxoxane compound, the structure derived from the residue mainly corresponding to the structure of the epoxy group derived from the main chain of the polyorganosiloxane is a starting point side bond structure. However, in the present invention, the machine is introduced. The part which is dissolved in the case where the solvent is dissolved in the vicinity of the specific carboxylic acid and the epoxy group is also included in the case of the connection of j, -22-201120070. Part of a specific carboxylic acid R1 of the above formula (1) is a methylene group or a carbon atom having 2 to 3 fluorenyl groups, a phenyl group or a cyclohexyl group, which may further have a substituted alkyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Further, examples thereof include a propyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a decyl group, an extensin group, an undecyl group, a dodecyl group, a tetradecyl group, an alkyl group. , octadecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, alkyl, tetracosyl, tetracosyl, hexadecane, fifteen Ten yards, twenty-seven yards, one base, twenty-nine alkyl and tenthylene, etc. Among them, liquid crystal alignment appears, preferably octyl, thiol, Extending an alkylene group such as undecyl, an extended dodecyl group, a tetradecyl group, a hexadecyl octadecyl group, a hexadecane group, and an eicosyl group. R 2 is a linking group containing a double bond, a triple bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an oxygen atom. Further, R 2 may contain any of the above bonds to contain each bond in combination. Further, R 1 is a phenyl group or a stretch. Cyclohexyl R2 preferably contains an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms in view of the alignment property of the formed alignment film and solubility in a solvent. $ is an integer of 0 to 1. R3 has at least two single ring structures. The group 'is preferably a dominant or negative dielectric anisotropy. The single ring structure is a ring-junction in the "extended alkyl group." Out of the Ethylene base, the extension of the sixteen twenty-one base, the extension of the eighteenth courtyard, the stability base, the extension, the extension of more than ten, can also be, from the point of view of the 8th, a shows the normal structure and its 23- 201120070 The structure of the ring structure is independent of 'the bond of a ring structure and the other ring structure, the structure of the so-called condensed ring structure. Further, the monocyclic structure may be any of an alicyclic structure, an aromatic ring structure or a heterocyclic structure, or may be formed by combining them. R3 is not particularly limited as long as it has a group having at least two or more monocyclic structures. Representatively, R3 is preferably a group represented by the above formula (2). By introducing the structure represented by the above formula (2) into the side chain of the polyorganosiloxane compound of the liquid crystal alignment agent, the electrooptic response of the obtained liquid crystal alignment element can be increased. In the formula (2), R4 and R6 are each independently a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a cyclohexylene group, a dicyclohexyl group, a cyclohexylene group or a heterocyclic ring. Examples of the heterocyclic ring include a pyridine ring, a hydrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring and the like. In the above formula (2), R5 includes any of an alkylene group, a double bond, a triple bond, an ether bond, an ester bond and a hetero ring having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and is a combination of R4 and R6. The linking group can be appropriately selected depending on the alignment property and dielectric anisotropy necessary for the polyorganosiloxane compound. Further, since b is an integer of 0 or 1, when designing the side chain structure, R5' may or may not be contained. In the above formula (2), R7 is any one of a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a fluorine atom 'trifluoromethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkyl group and an alkoxy group. In the case of the alkoxycarbonyl group, for example, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propoxycarbonyl group or the like can be mentioned, and examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a propyl group. a linear or branched alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, such as a n-butyl group or an isobutyl group, is an alkyl group having a molecular weight of 1 to 20, and the like. Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group and an ethoxy group. Propoxy and the like. In the above formula (2), when R6 has a plurality of substituents (R7), it can be used in groups having different groups. In order to stably exhibit a desired dielectric anisotropy, in the case where R6 has a plurality of substituents, a combination of a fluorine atom and a cyano group, a combination of a fluorine atom and an alkyl group, a cyano group and an alkyl group are preferred. The combination. In addition, eΛ c疋 is an integer of 0 to 9. The compound having a carboxyl group shown may, for example, be a compound represented by the following formula m, (D '1) to (D - 2 5 ). -25- 201120070 rHch^cooh (D-1) r3-{ch2)^-〇-5-^Kcooh (D-16) R3-〇4ch2-)^-COOH (D-2) ,", S /= \ 〇R 〇~tCH Seven. A 11^ J>—COOH (D-17) R3—〇”L_^ch7c〇〇h (4) O 〇 _ R3-. 'CH2"t~C00H (°-4) R3 R ===~~^CH2")^-COOH (D-5> R3-(cH2t^^ COOH (D-6) R3 R3 •COOH (D- 18) COOH (D-19) 卜卜七 L〇-〇^c( °~^CH2V^^—COOH (D-7) R3—0-fcH2-)^0—(^^-C R3^c^ Tr0^〇~( CH2')t~/~COOH (D-9) R3 —V . . /==\ ^"fcH2)^-〇—^ ^~COOH (D-23) R3 —- R3— 〇-Λ CH·

COOH (D-8) -COOH (D-22)COOH (D-8) -COOH (D-22)

R3-R3-

:CK:CK

COOH (D-9) COOH (D-10) ,-hQ~ rHch2)JL〇_^_COOH (D-11)«3-〇-4〇η2)Λ_0_^_COOH (D R 〇 —^~~(ch2)j—U—〇—(^ ^-ΟΟΟΗ (D-13) ~^ch2)J-0_^ COOH (D-14) R ~~===~~^CH2·)^—〇—(^ COOH (D-15) (式(D·1)〜(D-25)中,R3和上述式⑴的定義相同。m是 1~30的整數。) 就上述式(2)所示的基團而言,可以列舉出例如下述式 (E-1)〜(E-58)所示的基團。 R3, •ch7 COOH (D-25) -26- 201120070COOH (D-9) COOH (D-10) , -hQ~ rHch2)JL〇_^_COOH (D-11)«3-〇-4〇η2)Λ_0_^_COOH (DR 〇—^~~(ch2) j—U—〇—(^ ^-ΟΟΟΗ (D-13) ~^ch2)J-0_^ COOH (D-14) R ~~===~~^CH2·)^—〇—(^ COOH ( D-15) (In the formula (D·1) to (D-25), R3 is the same as defined in the above formula (1). m is an integer of 1 to 30.) With respect to the group represented by the above formula (2) For example, a group represented by the following formulas (E-1) to (E-58) can be cited. R3, •ch7 COOH (D-25) -26- 201120070

-27- 201120070-27- 201120070

FF

(E-22) F(E-22) F

(E-31)(E-31)

FF

(E-23) F(E-23) F

F3CF3C

(E-24)(E-24)

(E-32) (Ε·33) (E-34) (Ε·35) -28- 201120070(E-32) (Ε·33) (E-34) (Ε·35) -28- 201120070

-29- 201120070-29- 201120070

CMCM

(E-51)(E-51)

RR

RR

(^-52) F F(^-52) F F

(式(E 1) (E 58)中’ R是碳原子數爲uo的烷基(甲 S乙基胃基、正丁基、異丁基、正戊基、正己基等)或 烷氧基(甲氧基、乙氧基、任? ^m 丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基等)。) [特定羧酸的合成方& j 對於特定Μ酸的合成步驟沒有特別的限定,可以組合 先則周知的方法進行。就代表性的合成步驟而言,例如可 以例示(1)將具有苯酌骨架的化合物和用鹵素取代高級脂 肪酸酯的烷基鏈部分的化合物在鹼性條件下反應,苯酚骨 架的羥基和鹵素取代的碳形成鍵,然後還原酯,形成特定 羧酸的方法;(2)使具有苯酚骨架的化合物和碳酸 應,生成末端爲醇的化合物’使該羥基和國化苯擴釀氯反 應活化,之帛,使活化部分和含有羥基的苯甲冑甲醋反應’ -30- 201120070 磺醯基部分脫離,同時末端醇化合物的羥基和含有作爲取 代基的羥基的苯甲酸甲酯的羥基形成鍵,接著還原酯,形 成特定羧酸的方法等。但是’特定羧酸的合成順序並不限 於此。 <[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的合成方法> 作爲[A ]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的合成方法,沒有特別的 限定,可以藉由一般周知的方法合成。就具有環氧基的[A] 聚有機矽氧烷化合物的合成方法而言,可以藉由將具有環 氧基的聚有機矽氧烷和特定羧酸’較佳在催化劑的存在下 反應合成。 其中,相對於lmol聚有機砂執院具有的環氧基,特定 錢酸較佳爲0.001〜l〇mol’更佳爲0.01〜5mol,進一步更佳 爲 0.05 〜2mol。 在本發明中,在不損害本發明的效果的範圍內,可以 用下述式(5)所示的化合物取代特定羧酸的一部分使用。此 時,[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的合成可以藉由將具有環氧基 的聚有機矽氧烷與特定羧酸和下述式(4)所示的化合物的 混合物反應進行。 A1-L°——L1-Z (4) 上述式(4)中, A1是碳原子數爲1~30的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基、可以 被碳原子數爲1~20的烷基或烷氧基取代的碳原子數爲 3~10的環烷基或者具有甾類固醇骨架的碳原子數爲17~51 -31 - 201120070 的烴基。其中,上述烷基和烷氧基的氫原子的〜部分或全 部可以被氰基、氟原子、三氟甲基等取代基取代。 L。是單鍵、*-〇-、.-COO -或¥-〇CO-。帶的連接鍵 和A 1連接。 L1是單鍵、碳原子數爲卜20的伸烷基、伸苯基、伸聯 苯基、伸環己基、伸一環己基或下述式(1^-1)或(Li-2)所示 的基團。 Z是能夠和[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物中的環氧基反應形 成連接基團的1價有機基團。 其中,U是單鍵時,1/是單鍵。(In the formula (E 1) (E 58), 'R is an alkyl group having a uo number of carbon atoms (methyl S-ethyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, etc.) or alkoxy group (Methoxy, ethoxy, any ?m propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, etc.).) [Synthesis of a specific carboxylic acid & j There is no particular limitation on the synthesis procedure of a specific citric acid. It can be combined with a well-known method. With respect to a representative synthetic step, for example, (1) a compound having a benzene-based skeleton and a compound in which an alkyl chain portion of a higher fatty acid ester is substituted with a halogen can be exemplified under basic conditions, a hydroxyl group and a halogen of a phenol skeleton. a method in which a substituted carbon forms a bond, and then an ester is reduced to form a specific carboxylic acid; (2) a compound having a phenol skeleton and a carbonic acid are formed to form a compound having an alcohol at the end, and the hydroxyl group and the benzene are expanded to activate chlorine. Thereafter, the activated portion and the hydroxy-containing benzamidine vinegar are reacted ' -30- 201120070. The sulfonyl group is partially detached, and the hydroxyl group of the terminal alcohol compound and the hydroxyl group of the methyl benzoate having a hydroxyl group as a substituent form a bond, and then A method of reducing an ester, forming a specific carboxylic acid, or the like. However, the order of synthesis of the specific carboxylic acid is not limited thereto. <Method for synthesizing polyorganotoxioxane compound> The method for synthesizing the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound is not particularly limited, and it can be synthesized by a generally known method. The synthesis method of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound having an epoxy group can be preferably synthesized by reacting a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group and a specific carboxylic acid ' in the presence of a catalyst. Among them, the specific acid is preferably 0.001 to 1 〇mol', more preferably 0.01 to 5 mol, still more preferably 0.05 to 2 mol, based on the epoxy group of the lmol polyorganic sand treatment. In the present invention, a part of the specific carboxylic acid may be used in place of a compound represented by the following formula (5) within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention. At this time, the synthesis of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound can be carried out by reacting a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group with a mixture of a specific carboxylic acid and a compound represented by the following formula (4). A1-L°——L1-Z (4) In the above formula (4), A1 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and may be 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The alkyl group or the alkoxy group has a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or a hydrocarbon group having a steroidal skeleton of 17 to 51 -31 to 201120070. Here, the ?-portion or the whole of the hydrogen atom of the above-mentioned alkyl group and alkoxy group may be substituted with a substituent such as a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group. L. It is a single button, *-〇-, .-COO- or ¥-〇CO-. The connection key with the connection is A 1 . L1 is a single bond, an alkyl group having a carbon number of 20, a phenyl group, a phenyl group, a cyclohexylene group, a cyclohexyl group or a formula (1^-1) or (Li-2) Group. Z is a monovalent organic group capable of forming a linking group by reacting with an epoxy group in the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound. Where U is a single bond, 1 is a single bond.

上述式(LM)或(L、2)中,帶“ 的連接鍵分別和Z連 接。 Z較佳爲羧基。 就上述式(4)中,Αι所示的碳原子數爲1〜30的直鏈狀 或支鏈狀的烷基,可以列舉出例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、 異丙基、正丁基、三級丁基、二級丁基、正戊基、3 -甲基 丁基、2 -甲基丁基、丨_甲基丁基、2,2-二甲基丙基、正己基、 4-甲基戊基、3-甲基戊基、2.甲基戊基、卜甲基戊基、3,3-二甲基丁基' 2,3-二甲基丁基、1,3-二甲基丁基、2,2·二甲 -32- 201120070 基丁基、1,2-二甲基丁基、1,2-二甲基丁基、1,1-二甲基丁 基、正庚基、5 -甲基己基、4 -甲基己基、3 -甲基己基、2-甲基己基、1-甲基己基、4,4-二甲基戊基、3,4-二甲基戊基、 2,4-二甲基戊基、1,4-二甲基戊基、3,3-二甲基戊基、2,3-二甲基戊基、1,3-二甲基戊基' 2,2-二甲基戊基、1,2-二甲 基戊基、1,1-二甲基戊基、2,3,3-三甲基丁基、1,3 ,3-三甲基 丁基、1,2,3-三甲基丁基、正辛基、6-甲基庚基、5-甲基庚 基、4-甲基庚基、3-甲基庚基、2-甲基庚基、1-甲基庚基、 2 -乙基己基、正壬基' 正癸基、正十一烷基、正十二烷基、 正十三烷基、正十四烷基、正十五烷基、正十六烷基、正 十七烷基、正十八烷基、正十九烷基等。 就可以被碳原子數爲1 ~20的烷基或烷氧基取代的碳 原子數爲3〜1 0的環烷基,可以列舉出例如環戊基、環己 基、環庚基、環辛基、環壬基、環癸基、環十二基等。 就具有甾類固醇骨架的碳原子數爲1 7 ~ 5 1的烴基,可 以列舉出例如下述式(A-1)〜(A-3)所示的基團。 -33- 201120070In the above formula (LM) or (L, 2), the linking bond with "each is bonded to Z. Z is preferably a carboxyl group. In the above formula (4), the number of carbon atoms represented by Αι is 1 to 30. The chain or branched alkyl group may, for example, be methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, secondary butyl, n-pentyl or 3-methyl. Butyl, 2-methylbutyl, hydrazine-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, n-hexyl, 4-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2.methylpentyl , m-methylpentyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl ' 2,3-dimethylbutyl, 1,3-dimethylbutyl, 2,2·dimethyl-32- 201120070 butyl, 1 ,2-dimethylbutyl, 1,2-dimethylbutyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, n-heptyl, 5-methylhexyl, 4-methylhexyl, 3-methylhexyl , 2-methylhexyl, 1-methylhexyl, 4,4-dimethylpentyl, 3,4-dimethylpentyl, 2,4-dimethylpentyl, 1,4-dimethyl Pentyl, 3,3-dimethylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, 1,3-dimethylpentyl' 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 1,2-dimethyl Butyl, 1,1-dimethylpentyl, 2,3,3-trimethylbutyl, 1,3 3-trimethylbutyl, 1,2,3-trimethylbutyl, n-octyl, 6-methylheptyl, 5-methylheptyl, 4-methylheptyl, 3-methylheptyl Base, 2-methylheptyl, 1-methylheptyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-decyl 'n-decyl, n-undecyl, n-dodecyl, n-tridecyl, n-ten Tetraalkyl, n-pentadecyl, n-hexadecyl, n-heptadecyl, n-octadecyl, n-nonadecyl, etc. It can be an alkyl or alkane having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms substituted by an oxy group may, for example, be a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a cyclodecyl group, a cyclodecyl group or a cyclododecyl group. The hydrocarbon group having a steroidal steroid skeleton having a carbon number of from 17 to 5 1 may, for example, be a group represented by the following formulas (A-1) to (A-3). -33- 201120070

或者碳原子數爲1~20的氟烷基以及選自上述式(A-l)或 (A - 3 )的基團。 就上述式(4)所示的化合物而言,較佳下述式(4-1)~(4-6) 任一項表示的化合物。 -34- 201120070Or a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a group selected from the above formula (A-1) or (A-3). The compound represented by the above formula (4) is preferably a compound represented by any one of the following formulas (4-1) to (4-6). -34- 201120070

CuF2u+1-CvH2v——COOH (4-1)CuF2u+1-CvH2v——COOH (4-1)

CwH2w+1—-COOH (4-2)CwH2w+1—COOH (4-2)

CwH2w-M~f COOH (4-3)CwH2w-M~f COOH (4-3)

CkH2k+1-fcF2^-(-CH2^-f〇^^^^COOH (4-4)CkH2k+1-fcF2^-(-CH2^-f〇^^^^COOH (4-4)

(4-5)(4-5)

o—C-fcH2^—COOH Oo—C-fcH2^—COOH O

-COOH (4-6) ^w^2w+1 上述式(4-l)~(4-6)中,u是1~5的整數。v是1~18的整 數。w是1〜20的整數。k是卜5的整數。p是0或l〇q是 0〜18的整數。r是0〜18的整數。s和t各自獨立地是0〜2 的整數。 這些化合物中,更佳係下述式(5 -1)〜(5 - 7 )所示的化合 物0 -35- 201120070 C17H35-COO Η (5-1) f3c-o-^_ COOH (5-2) F3C—C3H6—0—~^)-COOH (5-3) C2F5—C3H6—-〇{ /)—COOH (5-4)-COOH (4-6) ^w^2w+1 In the above formula (4-l) to (4-6), u is an integer of 1 to 5. v is an integer from 1 to 18. w is an integer from 1 to 20. k is an integer of Bu 5. p is 0 or l〇q is an integer from 0 to 18. r is an integer from 0 to 18. s and t are each independently an integer of 0 to 2. Among these compounds, a compound represented by the following formula (5 -1) to (5 - 7 ) is more preferably 0 - 35 - 201120070 C17H35-COO Η (5-1) f3c-o-^_ COOH (5-2 F3C—C3H6—0—~^)-COOH (5-3) C2F5—C3H6—-〇{ /)—COOH (5-4)

C8H17——OC8H17——O

COOHCOOH

(5-6) (5-7) (5-5) C5H11(5-6) (5-7) (5-5) C5H11

上述式(4)所示的化合物是使特定羧酸和具有環氧基 的聚有機矽氧烷一起反應,在得到的液晶配向膜中形 賦 予預傾角顯現性部位的化合物。在本說明書中 ^ 以下有時 將上述式(4)所示的化合物稱作“其他預傾角顯 丨王化合 物”。 在本發明中’將特定羧酸和其他預傾角顯現性化合物 一起使用時’特定羧酸和其他預傾角顯現性化合物的總使 用比例相對於lmol聚有機矽氧烷所具有的環氧基,較佳爲 -36- 201120070 0.001〜1.5mol ,更佳爲 0.01~lmol ,進一步更佳爲 0.0 5〜0.9 m ο 1。在這種情況下,其他預傾角顯現性化合物相 對於其和特定羧酸的總量’較佳以7 5 m ο 1 %以下,更佳以 5 0 m ο 1 %以下的範圔使用。如果其他預傾.角顯現性化合物的 使用比例超過7 5 m ο 1 %,則可能會給液晶的高速回應性帶來 不良影響。 就在聚有機矽氧烷中的環氧基和上述式(4)以及其他 預傾角顯現性化合物所示的含殘基的化合物的反應中使用 的催化劑而言,可以使用有機鹼或促進環氧化合物與酸酐 反應的所謂的固化促進劑而周知的化合物。 就上述有機鹼而言’可以列舉出例如乙胺、二乙胺、 哌哄、哌啶、吡咯啶、吡咯等一級-三級有機胺;三乙胺、 三正丙基胺、三正丁基胺、吡啶、4 -二甲基胺基吡啶、二 吖二環十一烯等二級有機胺;氫氧化四甲基銨等新有機胺 等。這些有機鹼中’較佳係三乙胺 '三正丙基胺、三正丁 基胺、吡啶、4 -二甲基胺基吡啶、氫氧化四甲基銨。 就上述固化促進劑而言,可以列舉出例如: 苄基二甲基胺、2,4,6-參(二甲基胺基甲基)苯酚、環己 基二甲基胺、三乙醇胺等二級胺; 2 -甲基咪唑、2 -正庚基咪唑' 2 -正Η——烷基咪唑、2-苯基咪唑、2-苯基-4 -甲基咪唑、ι_苄基-2-甲基咪唑、ι_节 基-2-苯基咪唑、1,2-二甲基咪唑' 2·乙基-4-甲基咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-甲基咪哗、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-正十一烷基咪 -37- 201120070 唑、1-(2 -氰基乙基)-2 -苯基咪唑、1-(2 -氰基乙基)-2 -乙 甲基咪唑、2 -苯基-4-甲基-5-羥基甲基咪唑、2 -苯基-4 (羥甲基)咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-苯基-4,5-雙[(2’ -氰 氧基)甲基]咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2 -正i^一烷基咪唑鑰 三酸鹽、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-苯基咪唑鑰苯偏三酸鹽、 氰基乙基)-2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑鎗苯偏三酸鹽、2,4-二 -6-[2’ -甲基咪唑基-(1’ )]乙基-s-三阱、2,4 -二 -6-(2 ’ -正^——烷基咪唑基)乙基-s -三阱、2,4 -二 -6-[2’ -乙基-4’ -甲基咪唑基- (1’ )]乙基-s-三阱、2 -甲 唑的異三聚氰酸加成物、2-苯基咪唑的異三聚氰酸 物、2,4-二胺基-6- [2’ -甲基咪唑基- (1’ )]乙基-s-三阱 三聚氰酸加成物等咪唑化合物; 二苯基膦、三苯基膦、亞磷酸三苯基酯等有機磷 物;氯化苄基三苯基鱗、溴化四正丁基鱗、溴化甲基 基辚、溴化乙基三苯基辚、溴化正丁基三苯基鐵、溴 苯基鐵、碘化乙基三苯基辚、乙基三苯基鐵乙酸鹽、 丁基鐵0,0 -二乙基偶磷二硫磺酸鹽、四正丁基鱗苯並 鹽、四正丁基鐵四氟硼酸鹽、四正丁基辚四苯基硼酸 四苯基辚四苯基硼酸鹽等新鐵鹽; 1,8-二偶氮二環[5.4.0]十一烯-7及其有機酸鹽等 氮二環燦; 辛酸鋅、辛酸錫、乙醯丙酮鋁錯合物等有機金屬 物; K -4- 5-雙 基乙 苯偏 1-(2-The compound represented by the above formula (4) is a compound obtained by reacting a specific carboxylic acid and a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, and imparting a pretilt-developing site to the obtained liquid crystal alignment film. In the present specification, the compound represented by the above formula (4) is sometimes referred to as "other pretilt angle king compound". In the present invention, 'when a specific carboxylic acid is used together with other pretilt-developing compounds, the total use ratio of the specific carboxylic acid and other pretilt-developing compounds is relative to the epoxy group of 1 mol of the polyorganosiloxane. Preferably, it is -36-201120070 0.001~1.5mol, more preferably 0.01~lmol, further preferably 0.05~0.9m ο1. In this case, the other pretilt-developing compound is preferably used in an amount of 7 5 m ο 1 % or less, more preferably 50 ο % or less, relative to the total amount of the specific carboxylic acid. If the ratio of other pretilt angle developing compounds exceeds 7 5 m ο 1 %, it may adversely affect the high-speed response of the liquid crystal. For the catalyst used in the reaction of the epoxy group in the polyorganosiloxane and the residue-containing compound represented by the above formula (4) and other pretilt-developing compounds, an organic base or an epoxy can be used. A compound known as a so-called curing accelerator for reacting a compound with an acid anhydride. The above-mentioned organic base may be exemplified by a primary- tertiary organic amine such as ethylamine, diethylamine, piperidine, piperidine, pyrrolidine or pyrrole; triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, tri-n-butyl a secondary organic amine such as an amine, a pyridine, a 4-dimethylaminopyridine or a dinonylcycloundecene; a new organic amine such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide; and the like. Among these organic bases, 'triethylamine' tri-n-propylamine, tri-n-butylamine, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine or tetramethylammonium hydroxide are preferred. The curing accelerator may, for example, be a secondary compound such as benzyldimethylamine, 2,4,6-gin (dimethylaminomethyl)phenol, cyclohexyldimethylamine or triethanolamine. Amine; 2-methylimidazole, 2-n-heptyl imidazole ' 2 -n-indole-alkylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, ι-benzyl-2-yl Imidazole, ι_pyringyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazolium 2·ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-methylimidazole Bismuth, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-n-undecyl------------------------------ Benzyl)-2-ethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-(hydroxymethyl)imidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl) 2-phenyl-4,5-bis[(2'-cyanooxy)methyl]imidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-n-i-alkyl-imidazole Salt, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-phenylimidazolium pyrogallate, cyanoethyl)-2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole gun benzoate, 2, 4-di-6-[2'-methylimidazolyl-(1')]ethyl-s-tripper, 2,4-di-6-(2'-n-^-alkane Imidazolyl)ethyl-s-tripper, 2,4-di-6-[2'-ethyl-4'-methylimidazolyl-(1')]ethyl-s-trisole, 2 - Isoformyl adduct of thiazole, isomeric cyanuric acid of 2-phenylimidazole, 2,4-diamino-6-[2'-methylimidazolyl-(1')]B Imidazole compound such as bis-s-tri-trap cyanuric acid adduct; organic phosphorus such as diphenylphosphine, triphenylphosphine, triphenyl phosphite; benzyltriphenyl chloride, bromide n-Butyl scale, methyl bromide, ethyltriphenylphosphonium bromide, n-butyltriphenyl bromide, bromophenyliron, ethyltriphenylphosphonium iodide, ethyltriphenyl Iron acetate, butyl iron 0,0-diethylphosphonium disulfide, tetra-n-butyl benzophenone, tetra-n-butyl iron tetrafluoroborate, tetra-n-butylphosphonium tetraphenylborate a new iron salt such as phenylphosphonium tetraphenylborate; 1,8-diazobicyclo[5.4.0]undecene-7 and its organic acid salt, etc.; zinc octoate, tin octoate, and Organometallics such as acetonide aluminum complex; K -4- 5-diethylethylbenzene 1-(2-

基咪 加成 的異 化合 三苯 化四 四正 三哗 鹽 、 二偶 化合 -38- 201120070 溴化四乙基銨、溴化四正丁基銨、氯化四乙基銨、氯 化四正丁基銨等新銨鹽; 三氟化硼、硼酸三苯基酯等硼化合物; 氯化鋅、氯化錫等金屬鹵化物; 二氰基二醯胺以及胺和環氧樹脂的加成物等胺加成型 促進劑等高熔點分散型潛在性固化促進劑; 上述咪唑化合物、有機磷化合物以及新鱗鹽等固化促 進劑的表面用聚合物覆蓋形成的微膠囊型潛在性固化促進 劑; 胺鹽型潛在性固化促進劑; 路易士酸鹽、布氏酸(Bronstedacid)鹽等高溫分解型熱 陽離子聚合型潛在性固化促進劑等潛在性固化促進劑等 這些催化劑中,較佳係溴化四乙基銨、溴化四正丁基 銨、氯化四乙基銨、氯化四正丁基銨等新銨鹽。 催化劑相對於1 00質量份具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧 烷’較佳爲100質量份以下、更佳爲〇.〇1〜1〇〇質量份 '進 —步更佳爲0.1〜20質量份的量使用。 反應溫度較佳爲0〜200°C,更佳爲50〜150t。反應時 間較佳爲0 · 1〜5 0小時,更佳爲〇 . 5 ~ 2 0小時。 [A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的合成反應根據需要可以在 有機溶劑的存在下進行。就該有機溶劑而言,可以列舉出 例如烴化合物、醚化合物、酯化合物 '酮化合物、醢胺化 合物、醇化合物等。它們之中,醚化合物、酯化合物、酮 -39- 201120070 化合物從原料和產物的溶解性以及產物的精製容易性的觀 點來看是較佳的。溶劑以固體成分濃度(反應溶液中的溶劑 以外的成分的質量佔據溶液全部質量的比例)較佳爲〇 . i質 量%以上、7 0質量%以下,更佳爲5質量%以上、5 0質量% 以下的量使用。 所謂得到的[A ]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的藉由凝膠滲透 色譜法測定的聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量沒有特別的 限定’較佳爲1,〇〇〇〜200,000,更佳爲2,000~20,000。藉由 在這種分子量範圍,可以確保液晶顯示元件有良好的配向 性和穩定性。 本發明的[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物藉由特定羧酸的羧 酸酯部分對環氧基的開環加成,而在具有環氧基的聚有機 砂氧烷中導入來自特定羧酸的結構。該製造方法簡單,而 且在可以提高來自特定羧酸的結構的導入率方面是極爲合 適的方法。 <任意成分> 該液晶配向劑除了上述等[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物以 外’只要不損害本發明的效果,還可以含有其他成分,例 如[A ]聚有機矽氧烷化合物以外的聚合物(以下,有時稱作 “其他聚合物”)、固化劑、固化催化劑、固化促進劑 '在 分子內具有至少一個環氧基的化合物(以下,稱作“環氧化 合物”官能性矽烷化合物、界面活性劑等。 [其他聚合物] -40- 201120070 其他聚合物可以用於進一步改善該液晶配向劑的溶液 性質和所得的液晶配向元件的電性質。就其他聚合物而 言’可以列舉出例如選自由聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺構成的群 組的至少一種聚合物([B]聚合物);選自由下述式(5)所示的 聚有機矽氧烷、其水解物及其水解物的縮合物構成的群組 的至少一種(以下,有時稱作“其他聚有機矽氧烷”);聚 醯胺酸酯、聚酯、聚醯胺、纖維素衍生物、聚縮醒、聚苯 乙稀衍生物、聚(苯乙儲-苯基順丁稀二醯亞胺)衍生物 '聚 (甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Synthetic triphenylated tetra-tetra-n-three-salt salt, di-coupled-38- 201120070 tetraethylammonium bromide, tetra-n-butylammonium bromide, tetraethylammonium chloride, tetra-n-butyl chloride New ammonium salts such as ammonium chloride; boron compounds such as boron trifluoride and triphenyl borate; metal halides such as zinc chloride and tin chloride; dicyanoguanamine and adducts of amines and epoxy resins, etc. a high-melting-point-dispersion latent curing accelerator such as an amine addition accelerator; a microcapsule-type latent curing accelerator formed by covering a surface of a curing accelerator such as an imidazole compound, an organic phosphorus compound or a neo-square salt; Type of latent curing accelerator; latent curing accelerator such as high temperature decomposing thermal cationic polymerization type latent curing accelerator such as Lewis acid salt and Bronsted acid salt, etc. New ammonium salts such as ammonium amide, tetra-n-butylammonium bromide, tetraethylammonium chloride, and tetra-n-butylammonium chloride. The catalyst is preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 〇.〇1 to 1 〇〇 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. The step is preferably 0.1 to 20 mass. The amount used is used. The reaction temperature is preferably from 0 to 200 ° C, more preferably from 50 to 150 t. The reaction time is preferably from 0 to 1 to 50 hours, more preferably from 5 to 20 hours. The synthesis reaction of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound can be carried out in the presence of an organic solvent as needed. The organic solvent may, for example, be a hydrocarbon compound, an ether compound, an ester compound 'ketone compound, a guanamine compound, an alcohol compound or the like. Among them, an ether compound, an ester compound, and a ketone-39-201120070 compound are preferable from the viewpoints of solubility of a raw material and a product, and ease of purification of the product. The solvent has a solid content concentration (the ratio of the mass of the component other than the solvent in the reaction solution to the total mass of the solution) is preferably 质量.% by mass or more, 70% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and 50% by mass. % below the amount used. The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight measured by gel permeation chromatography of the obtained [A] polyorganosiloxane compound is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1, 〇〇〇 200,000, more preferably 2,000. ~20,000. By this molecular weight range, it is possible to ensure good alignment and stability of the liquid crystal display element. The [A] polyorganosiloxane compound of the present invention is subjected to ring-opening addition of an epoxy group to a carboxyl group of a specific carboxylic acid, and is introduced from a specific carboxylic acid in a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. Structure. This production method is simple and is an extremely suitable method in terms of an introduction rate of a structure derived from a specific carboxylic acid. <Optional Component> The liquid crystal alignment agent may contain other components other than the above [A] polyorganosiloxane compound, as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, for example, other than the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound. A polymer (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "other polymer"), a curing agent, a curing catalyst, and a curing accelerator 'a compound having at least one epoxy group in the molecule (hereinafter, referred to as "epoxy compound" functional decane) Compounds, surfactants, etc. [Other polymers] -40- 201120070 Other polymers can be used to further improve the solution properties of the liquid crystal alignment agent and the electrical properties of the resulting liquid crystal alignment elements. For example, at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polylysine and polyimine ([B] polymer); a polyorganosiloxane selected from the following formula (5), and a hydrolyzate thereof At least one of the group consisting of condensates of hydrolyzates thereof (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "other polyorganosiloxanes"); polyphthalamides, polyesters, polyamines, cellulose derivatives Condensation awake, polystyrene derivatives, poly (styrene reservoir - two lean phenyl butadiene acyl imine) derivatives' poly (meth) acrylate.

Ly1」 (式(5)中,X1是羥基、鹵原子、碳原子數爲1〜20的烷 基、碳原子數爲1~6的烷氧基或碳原子數爲6~20的芳基。 Y1是羥基或碳原子數爲1~1〇的烷氧基。) <[B]聚合物〉 [B]聚合物是選自由聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺構成的群組 的至少一種聚合物。以下,對聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺進行詳 細描述。 [聚醯胺酸] 聚醯胺酸可以藉由使四甲酸二酐和二胺化合物反應得 到。就可以用於合成聚醯胺酸的四甲酸二酐而言,可以列 舉出例如2,3,5 -三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、丁烷四甲酸二酐、 -41 - 201120070 1,2,3,4-環丁烷四甲酸二酐、1,3-二甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁 酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環戊四甲酸二酐、3,5,6-三羧基降冰 乙酸二酐、2,3,4,5-四氫呋喃四甲酸二酐、1,3,33,4, 氫-5 -(四氫-2,5 -二氧-3 -呋喃基)-萘並[1 , 2 - c ]-呋喃 酮、1,3,33,4,5,91)-六氫-5-(四氫-2,5-二氧-3-呋喃基) -萘並[l,2-c] -呋喃-1,3 -二酮、5-(2,5 -二氧四氫咲喃I 基-3 -環己烯-1,2-二甲酸酐、二環[2.2.2]-辛-7-烯-2,2 甲酸二酐、下述式(F-1)〜(F-14)分別表示的四甲酸二 肪類固醇四甲酸二酐和脂環式四甲酸二酐; 烷四甲 片烷-2 -5,9b-六 -1,3-二 -8-甲基 n-3-甲 丨,5,6 -四 酐等脂 -42- 201120070In the formula (5), X1 is a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Y1 is a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 1 carbon atom.) <[B] Polymer> [B] The polymer is at least one selected from the group consisting of polyproline and polyimine. polymer. Hereinafter, polylysine and polyimine are described in detail. [Polyuric acid] Polylysine can be obtained by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine compound. Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride which can be used for the synthesis of polyamic acid include, for example, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride, butane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, -41 - 201120070 1,2 , 3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutyric acid dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxy-norborn acetic anhydride, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofuran tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3,33,4,hydro-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo -3 -furyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]-furanone, 1,3,33,4,5,91)-hexahydro-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3 -furyl)-naphtho[l,2-c]-furan-1,3-dione, 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuranyl-1-ylcyclohexene-1,2- Dicarboxylic anhydride, bicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-7-ene-2,2 formic acid dianhydride, tetracarboxylic acid difatty steroid tetracarboxylic acid represented by the following formulas (F-1) to (F-14) Anhydride and alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride; alkanetetramethane-2-5,9b-hexa-1,3-di-8-methyln-3-carboxamidine, 5,6-tetrahydride and the like - 42- 201120070

(F-1) 〇 ο(F-1) 〇 ο

(F-2) (F-3)(F-2) (F-3)

(F-4)(F-4)

(F-8) (F-9) (F-10) (F-11)(F-8) (F-9) (F-10) (F-11)

(F-5)(F-5)

(F-12)(F-12)

酸二酐、 3’ ,4,4’ - -43- 201120070 聯苯基醚四甲酸二酐、3,3’ ,4,4’ -二甲基二苯基矽烷四甲 酸二酐、3,3’ ,4,4’ -四苯基矽烷四甲酸二酐、1,2,3,4-呋喃 四甲酸二酐、4,4’ -雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)二苯基硫醚二 酐、4,4’ -雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)二苯基颯二酐、4,4’ -雙 (3,4-二羧基苯氧基)二苯基丙烷二酐、3,3’ ,4,4’ -全氟亞異 丙基四甲酸二酐、3,3’ ,4,4’ -聯苯四甲酸二酐、雙(鄰苯二 甲酸)苯基氧化膦二酐、對伸苯基-雙(兰苯基鄰苯二甲酸) 二酐、間伸苯基-雙(三苯基鄰苯二甲酸)二酐、雙(三苯基鄰 苯二甲酸)-4,4’ -二苯基醚二酐、雙(三苯基鄰苯二甲 酸)_4,4’ -二苯基甲烷二酐、下式(F-15)~(F-18)分別表示的 四甲酸二酐等芳香類固醇四甲酸二酐等。 -44- 201120070Acid dianhydride, 3', 4,4' - -43- 201120070 biphenyl ether tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-dimethyldiphenyl decane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ',4,4'-Tetraphenylnonanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-furantetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)diphenyl Thioether dianhydride, 4,4'-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)diphenylphosphonium dianhydride, 4,4'-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)diphenylpropane Dihydride, 3,3',4,4'-perfluoroisopropylidenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, bis(phthalic acid)phenyl Phosphine dianhydride, p-phenyl-bis(m-phenylphthalic acid) dianhydride, meta-phenyl-bis(triphenylphthalic acid) dianhydride, bis(triphenylphthalic acid) -4,4'-diphenyl ether dianhydride, bis(triphenylphthalic acid) _4,4'-diphenylmethane dianhydride, the following formula (F-15)~(F-18) respectively An aromatic steroid tetracarboxylic dianhydride such as tetracarboxylic dianhydride. -44- 201120070

(F-15)(F-15)

〇 它們之中,較佳係l,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫- 5-(四氫- 2,5-二氧 -3-呋喃基)-萘並[l,2-c]-呋喃-1,3-二酮、1,3,33,4,5,913-六氫 -45- 201120070 -5-(四氫-2,5-二氧-3-呋喃基)-8-甲基-萘並[1,24]-呋喃-1,3-二酮、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、丁烷四甲酸二酐' 1,3-二甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四甲酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環丁烷四甲酸 二酐、均苯四甲酸二酐、3,3’ ,4,4’ -聯苯颯四甲酸二酐、 1,4,5,8-萘四甲酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四甲酸二酐、3,3’ ,4,4’ - 聯苯基醚四甲酸二酐以及上述式(F-1)、(F-2)、(F-15)~(F-18) 表示的四甲酸二酐。這些四甲酸二酐可以單獨使用或使用 兩種以上。 就可以用於合成聚醯胺酸的二胺化合物而言,可以列 舉出例如對伸苯基二胺、間伸苯基二胺、4,4 ’ -二胺基二苯 基甲烷、4,4’ -二胺基二苯基乙烷、4,4’ -二胺基二苯基硫 醚、4,4’ -二胺基二苯基颯、3,3’ -二甲基- 4,4’ -二胺基聯 苯、4,4’ -二胺基苯醯替苯胺、4,4’ ·二胺基二苯基醚、 4,4’ -二胺基- 2,2’-二甲基聯苯、1,5 -二胺基萘、3,3 -二甲基 -4,4’ -二胺基聯苯、5-胺基-1-(4’ -胺基苯基)-1,3,3-三甲基 二氫茚、6-胺基-1-(4’ -胺基苯基)-1,3,3-三甲基二氫茚、 3,4’ -二胺基二苯基醚' 2,2-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4_胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基) 苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]颯、1,4·雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯' 1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯 基)-10-氫蒽、2,7-二胺基芴、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)芴、4,4’ - 亞甲基-雙(2-氯苯胺)、2,2’ ,5,5’ -四氯-4,4’ -二胺基聯 -46 - 201120070 苯、2,2’ -二氯- 4,4’ -二胺基- 5,5’ -二甲氧基聯苯、3,3’ - 二甲氧基-4,4’ -二胺基聯苯、4,4’ -(對伸苯基亞異丙基) 雙(苯胺)、4,4’ -(間伸苯基亞異丙基)雙(苯胺)、2,2-雙[4-(4- 胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、4,4’ -二胺基 -2,2’ -雙(三氟甲基)聯苯、4,4’ -雙[(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基) 苯氧基]-八氟聯苯、6-(4-查耳酮基氧基)己氧基(2,4-二胺基 苯)、6-(4’ -氟-4-查耳酮基氧基)己氧基(2,4-二胺基苯)、 8-(4-查耳酮基氧基)辛氧基(2,4-二胺基苯)、8-(4’ -氟-4-查 耳酮基氧基)辛氧基(2,4-二胺基苯)、1-十二烷氧基-2,4-二胺 基苯、1-十四烷氧基-2,4 -二胺基苯、1-十五烷氧基-2,4 -二 胺基苯、1-十六烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、1-十八烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、1-膽甾氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、1-膽甾烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十二烷氧基(3 ,5 -二胺基苯甲醯)、十四烷氧基 (3,5-二胺基苯甲醯)、十五烷氧基(3,5-二胺基苯甲醯)、十 六烷氧基(3,5-二胺基苯甲醯)、十八烷氧基(3,5-二胺基苯甲 醯)、膽甾氧基(3,5-二胺基苯甲醯)、膽甾烷氧基(3,5-二胺 基苯甲醯)、(2,4-二胺基苯氧基)軟脂酸酯、(2,4-二胺基苯 氧基)硬脂醯、(2,4 -二胺基苯氧基)-4 -三氟甲基苯甲酸酯、 下式(G-l)~(G-7)表示的二胺化合物等芳香類固醇二胺; -47- 201120070Among them, preferred are 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-naphtho[l,2-c ]-furan-1,3-dione, 1,3,33,4,5,913-hexahydro-45- 201120070 -5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furanyl)-8- Benzyl-naphtho[1,24]-furan-1,3-dione, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride, butane tetracarboxylic dianhydride 1,3-dimethyl-1 , 2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyl Terpene tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyl ether tetracarboxylic acid Dicarboxylic anhydride and tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the above formulas (F-1), (F-2), (F-15) to (F-18). These tetracarboxylic dianhydrides may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Examples of the diamine compound which can be used for the synthesis of polyamic acid include, for example, p-phenylenediamine, meta-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4. '-Diaminodiphenylethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylanthracene, 3,3'-dimethyl- 4,4 '-Diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminophenyl benzophenone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-dimethyl Biphenyl, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 3,3-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 5-amino-1-(4'-aminophenyl)-1 , 3,3-trimethylindoline, 6-amino-1-(4'-aminophenyl)-1,3,3-trimethylindoline, 3,4'-diamino Diphenyl ether '2,2-bis(4-aminophenoxy)propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4 -(4-Aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy) Phenyl]anthracene, 1,4.bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene' 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxyl) Benzo, 9,9-bis (4-amino group) Base)-10-hydroquinone, 2,7-diaminopurine, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 4,4'-methylene-bis(2-chloroaniline), 2 ,2',5,5'-tetrachloro-4,4'-diaminol-46 - 201120070 Benzene, 2,2'-dichloro-4,4'-diamino- 5,5'- Methoxybiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-(p-phenylene isopropylidene) bis(aniline), 4,4 '-(Inter)phenyl isopropylidene bis(aniline), 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 4, 4'-Diamino-2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis[(4-amino-2-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]-octafluoro Benzene, 6-(4-chalconeoxy)hexyloxy (2,4-diaminobenzene), 6-(4'-fluoro-4-chalconeoxy)hexyloxy (2) , 4-diaminobenzene), 8-(4-chalconeoxy)octyloxy (2,4-diaminobenzene), 8-(4'-fluoro-4-chalconeoxyl) Octyloxy (2,4-diaminobenzene), 1-dodecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, 1-tetradecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, 1-pentadecanyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, 1-hexadecyloxy-2,4- Diaminobenzene, 1-octadecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, 1-cholestyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, 1-cholestyloxy-2,4- Diaminobenzene, dodecyloxy (3,5-diaminobenzimidamide), tetradecyloxy (3,5-diaminobenzimidamide), pentadecyloxy (3,5) -diaminobenzimidamide),hexadecaneoxy (3,5-diaminobenzimidamide), octadecyloxy (3,5-diaminobenzimidamide), cholesteryloxy ( 3,5-diaminobenzimidamide), cholestyloxy (3,5-diaminobenzimidamide), (2,4-diaminophenoxy) palmitate, (2, 4-diaminophenoxy)stearyl quinone, (2,4-diaminophenoxy)-4-trifluoromethylbenzoate, represented by the following formula (G1) to (G-7) Aromatic steroid diamines such as diamine compounds; -47- 201120070

/CH3 CH 、CH3/CH3 CH, CH3

(G-3) (G-4)(G-3) (G-4)

(G-5) (G-6)(G-5) (G-6)

H2NH2N

nh2 (G-7)Nh2 (G-7)

C5H” 二胺基四苯基噻吩等具有雜原子的芳香類固醇二胺; 間二甲苯二胺、1,3 -丙二胺、丁二胺、戊二胺、己二胺、 庚二胺、辛二胺、壬二胺、4,4 -二胺基庚二胺、1,4 -二胺基 環己烷、環己烷雙(甲基胺)、異佛爾酮二胺、四氫亞二環 -48- 201120070 戊一烯一胺、六氫-4,7-伸甲茚(11^]^110丨11(^11川(^1^)二亞甲 基二胺、亞三環[6.2.1.02,7]十一烯二甲基二胺、4,4,亞甲 基雙(環己基胺)等脂肪類固醇或脂環式二胺; 二胺基六甲基二矽氧烷等之二胺基有機矽氧烷等。 它們之中’較佳係對伸苯基二胺、4,4’ -二胺基二苯基 甲烷、4’4'-二胺基-2,2’ -二甲基聯苯 '環己烷雙(甲基胺)、 1,5 -二胺基萘、2,7 -二胺基芴' 4,4’ -二胺基二苯基醚、 4,4’ _(對伸苯基亞異丙基)雙(苯胺)、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧 基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(4:胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基) 苯基]六氟丙烷、4,4’ -二胺基- 2,2’ ·雙(三氟甲基)聯苯、 4,4 -雙[(4-fec基-2 -二氟甲基)苯氧基]-八氟聯苯、十六院 氣基-2,4 - 一 I女基本、1-十八垸氧基-2,4 -二胺基苯、1-膽留 氧基-2,4 - 一胺基本、1-膽留院氧基-2,4 -二胺基苯、十六院 氧基(3 ,5 -二胺基苯甲醯)、十八烷氧基(3 ,5 -二胺基苯甲 醯)、膽甾氧基(3,5-二胺基苯甲醯)' 膽甾烷氧基(3,5-二胺 基苯甲醯)和上述式(G-l)~(G-7)表示的二胺。這些二胺可以 單獨使用或使用兩種以上。 提供聚醯胺酸的合成反應使用的四甲酸二酐和二胺化 合物的使用比例,相對於1當量二胺化合物中含有的胺 基,四甲酸二酐的酸酐基較佳係0.2〜2當量的比例,更佳 0.3〜1 . 2當量的比例。Aromatic steroid diamine having a hetero atom such as a C5H" diaminotetraphenylthiophene; m-xylenediamine, 1,3-propylenediamine, butanediamine, pentamethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine, heptanediamine, octyl Diamine, decanediamine, 4,4-diaminoheptyldiamine, 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, cyclohexanebis(methylamine), isophoronediamine, tetrahydropyrene环-48- 201120070 pentylene monoamine, hexahydro-4,7-extension formazan (11^]^110丨11(^11川(^1^) dimethylene diamine, subtricyclic [6.2 .1.02,7]undecene dimethyldiamine, 4,4, methylene bis(cyclohexylamine) and other fatty steroids or alicyclic diamines; diamino hexamethyldioxane and the like Amino-based organooxane, etc. Among them, 'preferably, p-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4'4'-diamino-2,2'-di Methylbiphenyl 'cyclohexane bis(methylamine), 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,7-diaminostilbene '4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4' _(p-phenylene isopropylidene) bis(aniline), 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(4:amino group Phenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(4-amine Phenylphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 4,4'-diamino-2, 2' · bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 4,4-bis[(4-fecyl-2-difluoromethyl)phenoxy]-octafluorobiphenyl, hexagram gas base-2, 4 - an I female basic, 1-octadecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, 1-cholesteryl-2,4-aminoamine, 1-biliary oxy-2,4 -diaminobenzene, hexadecanthoxy (3,5-diaminobenzimidamide), octadecyloxy (3,5-diaminobenzimidamide), cholesteryloxy (3,5 -diaminobenzimidamide)'cholyloxy (3,5-diaminobenzimidamide) and a diamine represented by the above formula (G1) to (G-7). These diamines may be used singly or Two or more types are used. The use ratio of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound used for the synthesis reaction of polylysine is preferably based on the amine group contained in one equivalent of the diamine compound, and the acid anhydride group of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably a ratio of 0.2 to 2 equivalents, more preferably 0.3 to 1.2 equivalents.

聚醯胺酸的合成反應較佳在有機溶劑中,較佳在-2 0 °C -49- 201120070 -1 5 0 °C ’更佳在0 °C ~ 1 0 0 °C的溫度條件下,較佳進行〇 . 5〜2 4 小時,更佳進行2 ~ 10小時。其中,就有機溶劑而言,只要 可以溶解合成的聚醯胺酸的就沒有特別的限定,可以列舉 出例如N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、Ν,Ν-二甲 基甲醯胺、Ν,Ν -二甲基咪嗤π定酮、二甲基亞颯、丁內醋、 四甲基脲、六甲基碟醯三胺等非質子性極性溶劑;間甲酚、 二甲苯酚、苯酚、鹵苯酚等酚性溶劑。有機溶劑的用量(a) 較佳爲四甲酸二酐和二胺化合物的總量(b)相對於反應溶 液的全部量(a + b)是0.1〜50質量%、更佳爲5~30質量%的量。 另外,上述有機溶劑中,可以在不會析出生成的聚醯 胺酸的範圍內’和聚醯胺酸的不良溶劑的醇、酮、酯、醚、 鹵化烴、烴類等一起使用。就該不良溶劑而言,可以列舉 出例如甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、環己醇、乙二醇、丙二醇、 1,4 -丁二醇、三乙二醇、二丙酮醇、乙二醇單甲基醚、乳酸 乙酯、乳酸丁酯、丙酮、甲乙酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮、 乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、甲基甲氧基丙酸酯、乙 基乙氧基丙酸酯、碳酸丙烯酯、草酸二乙酯、丙二酸二乙 酯、二乙基醚、乙二醇甲基醚、乙二醇乙基醚、乙二醇正 丙基醚、乙二醇異丙基醚、乙二醇單丁基醚(乙基溶纖劑)、 乙二醇二甲基醚、乙二醇乙基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲基 醚、二乙二醇二乙基醚 '二乙二醇單甲基醚、二乙二醇單 乙基醚 '二乙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯 '二乙二醇單乙基醚乙 酸酯、四氫呋喃、二氯甲烷'1,2-二氯乙烷、1,4-二氯丁烷、 -50- 201120070 三氯乙烷、氯苯、鄰二氯苯、己烷、庚烷、辛烷、苯、甲 苯、二甲苯等。這些不良溶劑可以單獨使用或使用兩種以 上。 如上,可以得到溶解聚醯胺酸形成的反應溶液。該反 應溶液可以直接用於製備液晶配向劑,也可以在分離反應 溶液中含有的聚醯胺酸後,用於製備液晶配向劑,或者將 分離的聚醯胺酸精製後,用於製備液晶配向劑。聚醯胺酸 的分離可以藉由將上述反應溶液注入大量的不良溶劑中, 得到析出物,將該析出物減壓乾燥的方法;或者藉由蒸發 器減壓餾出反應溶液的方法進行。另外,也可以藉由將該 聚醯胺酸再次溶解到有機溶劑中,然後在不良溶劑中析出 的方法;或者藉由重複進行一次或多次用蒸發器減壓餾出 的步驟的方法精製聚醯胺酸。 [聚醯亞胺] 上述聚醯亞胺可以藉由將如上得到的聚醯胺酸具有的 醯胺酸結構脫水閉環來製造。此時,可以將醯胺酸結構全 部脫水閉環’完全醯亞胺化;或者也可以只將醢胺酸結構 中的一部分脫水閉環,形成醯胺酸結構和醯亞胺環結構並 存的部分醯亞胺化物。 聚醯胺酸的脫水閉環較佳(1)以藉由加熱聚醯胺酸的方 法,或者(ii)將聚醯胺酸溶解在有機溶劑中,在該溶液中添 加脫水劑和脫水閉環催化劑,根據需要而加熱的方法進行。 上述(i)的加熱聚醯胺酸的方法中的反應溫度較佳爲 -51 - 201120070 50〜20(TC,更佳60~17(TC。藉由使反應溫度爲50°C以上’ 可以充分進行脫水閉環反應,藉由使反應溫度爲200 °C以 下,可以抑制所得的醯亞胺化聚合物的分子量的降低。加 熱聚醯胺酸的方法中的反應時間較佳爲〇 · 5 ~ 4 8小時’更佳 爲2〜20小時。 另一方面,上述(Π)的在聚醯胺酸溶液中添加脫水劑和 脫水閉環催化劑的方法中’就脫水劑而言’可以使用例如 乙酸酐、丙酸酐、三氟乙酸酐等酸酐。脫水劑的用量,相 對於lmol聚醯胺酸結構單元,較佳爲〇.〇卜20mol。另外’ 就脫水閉環催化劑而言’可以列舉出例如吡啶 '三甲基吡 啶、二甲基吡啶、三乙胺等二級胺。但是’並不限於此。 脫水閉環催化劑的用量,相對於1 mol使用的脫水劑’較佳 爲0.0 1〜1 0 m ο 1。就脫水閉環反應中使用的有機溶劑而言, 可以列舉出就合成聚醯胺酸使用的溶劑例示的有機溶劑。 脫水閉環反應的反應溫度較佳爲〇~180°C,更佳爲10〜150 °C。反應時間較佳爲0.5〜20小時,更佳爲1〜8小時。 在方法(ii)中,如上所述,可以得到含有聚醯亞胺的反 應溶液。該反應溶液可以將其直接用於製備液晶配向劑, 也可以從反應溶液除去脫水劑和脫水閉環催化劑後,用於 製備液晶配向劑;還可以分離聚醯亞胺後,用於製備液晶 配向劑;或者將分離的聚醯亞胺精製後,用於製備液晶配 向劑。爲了從反應溶液除去脫水劑和脫水閉環催化劑,例 如適合使用溶劑置換等方法。聚醯亞胺的分離 '精製可以 -52- 201120070 藉由就聚醯胺酸的分離、精製方法的上述同樣的操π [其他聚有機矽氧烷] 該液晶配向劑除了含有[A]聚有機矽氧烷化 外’還可以含有其他聚有機矽氧烷。其他聚有機砂 佳爲選自由上述式(5)所示的聚有機矽氧烷、其水解 水解物的縮合物構成的群組的至少一種。另外,該 向劑在含有其他聚有機矽氧烷時,其他聚有機矽氧 分可以和[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物獨立地存在,其一 以作爲[A]聚有機矽氧烷形成的縮合物存在。 上述式(5)中的X1和Y1中, 就碳原子數爲1〜20的烷基而言,可以列舉出 基、乙基、正丙基、正丁基、正戊基、正己基、正 正辛基、正壬基、正癸基、正月桂基、正十二烷基 二院基、正十四院基、正十五院基、正十六院基、 烷基、正十八烷基、正十九烷基、正二十烷基等; 就碳原子數爲1~16的烷氧基而言,可以列舉出 氧基、乙氧基等; 就碳原子數爲6〜20的芳基而言,可以列舉出例 等。 其他聚有機矽氧烷可以藉由將例如選自由烷氧 化;合物和鹵化矽烷化合物構成的群組的至少丨種矽 物(以下’也稱作“原料矽烷化合物”),較佳在適 機溶劑中,在水和催化劑的存在下水解或水解.縮 Ξ進行。 合物以 氧烷較 物及其 液晶配 烷大部 部分可 例如甲 庚基、 、正十 正十七 例如甲 如苯基 基矽烷 烷化合 當的有 合而合 -53- 201120070 成。 就可以在這裏使用的原料砂垸化合物而w,μ_ 出例如四甲氧基砂院、四乙氧基砂院、四正丙氧基砂院、 四異丙氧基砂院、四正丁氧基砂院' 四三級丁氧基矽院' 四二級丁氧基矽烷、四氯矽烷;甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基 三乙氧基砂院、甲基三正丙氧基矽烷 '甲基三異丙氧基砂 烷、甲基三正丁氧基矽烷、甲基三三級丁氧基矽烷、甲基 三二級丁氧基砂院、甲基三苯氧基矽烷、甲基三氯砂院、 乙基三甲氧基砂垸、乙基三乙氧基矽烷、乙基三正丙氧基 矽烷、乙基三異丙氧基矽烷、乙基三正丁氧基矽院、乙基 三三級丁氧基矽烷、乙基三二級丁氧基矽烷、乙基三氯砂 烷、苯基三甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、苯基三氯砂 烷;二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基矽烷、二甲基 二氯矽烷;三甲基甲氧基矽烷、三甲基乙氧基砂院、三甲 基氯砂院等。此等之中,較佳係四甲氧基砂院、四乙氧基 矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、苯基三甲 氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、二甲基二甲氧基矽院、二 甲基二乙氧基矽院、三甲基甲氧基砂院和三甲基乙氧基砂 烷。 在合成其他聚有機矽氧烷時,就可以任意使用的有機 溶劑而言,可以列舉出例如醇化合物、酮化合物、醯胺化 合物、酯化合物或者其他非質子性化合物。它們可以單獨 使用或使用兩種以上。 -54- 201120070 就醇化合物而言,可以列舉出例如 甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、異丁醇、三 級丁醇、二級丁醇、正戊醇、異戊醇、2 -甲基丁醇、三級 戊醇、二級戊醇、3 -甲氧基丁醇、正己醇、2 -甲基戊醇、 三級己醇、2-乙基丁醇、三級庚醇、庚-3-醇、正辛醇、2-乙基己醇、三級辛醇、正壬醇、2,6-二甲基-4-庚醇、正癸 醇、三級十一烷醇、三甲基壬醇、三級十四烷醇、三級十 七烷醇、苯酚、環己醇、甲基環己醇、3,3,5 -三甲基環己醇、 苄醇、二丙酮醇等一元醇化合物; 乙二醇、1,2-丙二醇、1,3-丁二醇、2,4-戊二醇、2-甲 基-2,4-戊二醇、2,5-己二醇' 2,4-庚二醇、2-乙基-1,3-己二 醇、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、三乙二醇、三丙二醇等多元醇 化合物; 乙二醇單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、乙二醇單丙基醚、 乙二醇單丁基醚、乙二醇單己基醚、乙二醇單苯基醚、乙 二醇單-2-乙基丁基醚、二乙二醇單甲基醚、二乙二醇單乙 基醚、二乙二醇單丙基醚、二乙二醇單丁基醚、二乙二醇 單己基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單乙基醚、丙二醇單 丙基醚、丙二醇單丁基醚、二丙二醇單甲基醚、二丙二醇 單乙基醚、二丙二醇單丙基醚等多元醇化合物的部分醚 等。這些醇化合物可以單獨使用或使用兩種以上。 就酮化合物而言,可以列舉出例如 丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基正丙基酮、甲基正丁基酮、 -55- 201120070 二乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、甲基正戊基酮、乙基正丁基酮' 甲基正己基酮、二異丁基酮、三甲基壬酮、環己酮、2_己 酮、甲基環己酮、2,4-戊二酮、丙酮基丙酮、苯乙酮、葑嗣 (fenchone)等單酮化合物; 乙醯基丙酮、2,4-己二酮、2,4庚二酮、3,5•庚二酮、 2,4-辛二酮、3,5 -辛一酮、2,4、壬二嗣、3,5 -壬二酮、L甲基 -2,4-己二酮、2,2,6,6-四甲基.3,5_庚二酮' 六氟 -2,4 -庚二酮等Θ ·—酮化合物等。這些酮化合物可以單獨使 用或使用兩種以上。 就上述醯胺化合物而言,可以列舉出例如甲醯胺、N _ 甲基甲醯胺、N,N -二甲基甲醯胺、N -乙基甲醯胺、N,N -二 乙基甲醯胺、乙醯胺、N-甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、 N-乙基乙醯胺、N,N-二乙基乙醯胺、N-甲基丙醯胺、N-甲 基吡咯啶酮、N -甲醯基味琳、N -甲醯基哌啶、N -甲醯基吡 略啶、N -乙醯基味啉、N -乙醯基哌啶、N -乙醯基啦略Π定等。 這些醯胺化合物可以單獨使用或使用兩種以上° 就酯化合物而言,可以列舉出例如碳酸二乙酯、碳酸 伸乙酯、碳酸丙烯酯、碳酸二乙酯、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、 r-丁內醋…戊內醋、乙酸正丙醋、乙酸異丙酯、乙酸 正丁醋、乙酸異丁醋、叾酸三級丁醋、乙酸正戊醋、乙酸 三級戊醋、乙㉟3-甲氧基丁酿、乙酸甲基戊醋、乙酸2-乙 基丁醋、乙酸2-乙基己酉旨、乙酸节酯、乙酸環己酯、乙酸 甲基環己酯 '乙酸正壬酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、 -56- 201120070 乙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯' 二乙二 醇單甲基醚乙酸酯 '二乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇 單正丁基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙 基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丁基醚乙 酸酯、二丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇單乙基醚乙酸 酯、二乙酸二醇酯、甲氧基三乙二醇乙酸酯、丙酸乙酯、 丙酸正丁酯、丙酸異戊酯、草酸二乙酯、草酸二正丁酯、 乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯 '乳酸正丁酯 '乳酸正戊酯、丙二酸 二乙酯 '鄰苯二甲酸二甲酯、鄰苯二甲酸二乙酯等。這些 酯化合物可以單獨使用或使用兩種以上。 就其他非質子性化合物而言,可以列舉出例如乙腈、 二甲基亞颯、Ν,Ν,Ν’ ,Ν’ ·四乙基磺醯胺、六甲基磷酸三 醯胺、Ν -甲基味啉酮、Ν -甲基吡咯、Ν -乙基吡咯、Ν -甲基 -△3 -二氫吡咯、Ν -甲基哌啶' Ν -乙基哌啶、Ν,Ν -二甲基哌 畊、Ν -甲基咪唑、Ν -甲基-4-哌啶酮' Ν -甲基-2-哌啶酮、Ν-甲基-2 -吡咯啶酮、1, 3 -二甲基-2 -咪唑啶酮、1,3 -二甲基四 氫-2 (1 Η)-嘧啶酮等。這些溶劑中,特佳係多元醇化合物、 多元醇化合物的部分醚或酯化合物。 就合成其他聚有機矽氧烷時使用的水的量而言,相對 於原料矽烷化合物所具有的烷氧基和鹵原子的總量1 mol, 較佳爲0_01〜lOOmol,更佳爲〇.l~30mol,進一步更佳爲 1〜1. 5 m ο 1的比例。 就在合成其他聚有機矽氧烷時可以使用的催化劑而 -57- 201120070 言,可以列舉出例如金屬螯合物、有機酸、無機酸、有機 鹼、氨、鹼金屬化合物等。 就上述金屬螯合化合物,可以列舉出例如三乙氧基-單 (乙醯基丙酮酸酯)鈦、三正丙氧基-單(乙醯基丙酮酸酯) 鈦、三異丙氧基·單(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)鈦、三正丁氧基-單(乙 醯基丙酮酸酯)鈦、三三級丁氧基-單(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)鈦、 三二級丁氧基-單(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)鈦、二乙氧基·雙(乙醯 基丙酮酸酯)鈦、二正丙氧基·雙(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)鈦、二異 丙氧基-雙(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)鈦、二正丁氧基-雙(乙醯基丙 酮酸酯)鈦、二三級丁氧基-雙(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)鈦、二二級 丁氧基-雙(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)鈦、單乙氧基-參(乙醯基丙酮 酸酯)鈦 '單正丙氧基-參(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)鈦、單異丙氧基 -參(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)鈦、單正丁氧基-參(乙醯基丙酮酸酯) 鈦、單三級丁氧基·參(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)鈦、單二級丁氧基-參(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)鈦、肆(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)鈦、三乙氧基 -單(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、三正丙氧基-單(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、 三異丙氧基-單(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、三正丁氧基-單(乙醯乙 酸乙酯)鈦、三三級丁氧基-單(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、三二級丁 氧基-單(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦' 二乙氧基-雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯) 鈦、二正丙氧基-雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、二異丙氧基-雙(乙 醯乙酸乙酯)鈦 '二正丁氧基-雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、二三級 丁氧基-雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦' 二二級丁氧基·雙(乙醯乙酸 乙酯)鈦、單乙氧基-參(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、單正丙氧基-參 -58- 201120070 (乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、單異丙氧基-參(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、單 正丁氧基-參(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、單三級丁氧基-參(乙醯乙 酸乙酯)鈦、單二級丁氧基·參(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、肆(乙醯 乙酸乙酯)鈦、單(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)參(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、 雙(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、參(乙醯基丙酮 酸酯)單(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦等鈦螯合化合物; 三乙氧基-單(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)锆、三正丙氧基-單(乙 醯基丙酮酸酯)锆、三異丙氧基-單(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)锆、三 正丁氧基-單(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)锆、三三級丁氧基-單(乙醯 基丙酮酸酯)锆、三二級丁氧基-單(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)锆、二 乙氧基雙(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)鍩、二正丙氧基雙(乙醯基丙酮 酸酯)銷、二異丙氧基雙(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)锆、二正丁氧基 雙(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)锆、二三級丁氧基雙(乙醯基丙酮酸酯) 锆、二二級丁氧基雙(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)锆、單乙氧基參(乙 醯基丙酮酸酯)銷、單正丙氧基參(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)锆、單 異丙氧基參(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)銷、單正丁氧基參(乙醯基丙 酮酸酯)鍩、單三級丁氧基參(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)锆、單二級 丁氧基參(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)鉻、肆(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)锆、三 乙氧基-單(乙醯乙酸乙酯)銷、三正丙氧基-單(乙醯乙酸乙 酯)锆、三異丙氧基-單(乙醯乙酸乙酯)锆 '三正丁氧基-單 (乙醯乙酸乙酯)锆、三三級丁氧基-單(乙醯乙酸乙酯)锆、 三二級丁氧基-單(乙醯乙酸乙酯)锆、二乙氧基雙(乙醯乙酸 乙酯)锆、二正丙氧基雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)銷、二異丙氧基雙 -59- 201120070 (乙醯乙酸乙酯)锆、二正丁氧基雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鉻、二三 級丁氧基雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)锆、二二級丁氧基雙(乙醯乙酸 乙酯)鍩、單乙氧基參(乙醯乙酸乙酯)锆、單正丙氧基參(乙 醯乙酸乙酯)锆、單異丙氧基參(乙醯乙酸乙酯)锆、單正丁 氧基參(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鉻、單三級丁氧基參(乙醯乙酸乙酯) 锆 '單二級丁氧基參(乙醯乙酸乙酯)锆、肆(乙醯乙酸乙酯) 锆、單(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)參(乙醯乙酸乙酯)锆、雙(乙醯基 丙酮酸酯)雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)锆、參(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)單(乙 醯乙酸乙酯)锆等锆螯合化合物; 參(乙醯基丙酮酸酯)鋁、參(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鋁等鋁螯合 化合物等。 就上述有機酸而言,可以列舉出例如乙酸、丙酸'丁 酸、戊酸、己酸、庚酸 '辛酸、壬酸、癸酸、草酸、順丁 烯二酸'甲基丙二酸、己二酸、癸二酸、沒食子酸、丁酸、 苯六酸、花生四烯酸、莽草酸、2-乙基己酸、油酸、硬脂 酸、亞油酸、亞麻酸、水楊酸、苯甲酸、對胺基苯甲酸、 對甲苯磺酸、苯磺酸、單氯乙酸、二氯乙酸、三氯乙酸、 三氟乙酸、甲酸、丙二酸 '磺酸、鄰苯二甲酸、富馬酸、 檸檬酸、酒石酸等。 就上述無機酸而言,可以列舉出例如鹽酸、硝酸、硫 酸、氫氟酸、磷酸等。 作爲上述有機鹼,可以列舉出例如吡啶、吡咯、哌阱、 吡咯啶、哌啶、甲基吡啶、三甲基胺、三乙基胺、單乙醇 -60- 201120070 胺、二乙醇胺、二甲基單乙醇胺、單甲基二乙醇胺、三乙 醇胺、二吖二環辛烷、二吖二環壬烷、二吖二環十一碳烯' 氫氧化四甲基銨等。 就上述鹼金屬化合物而言,可以列舉出例如氫氧化 鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鋇、氫氧化鈣等。這些催化劑可以 單獨使用或使用兩種以上。 這些催化劑中,較佳係金屬螯合化合物、有機酸或無 機酸。就金屬螯合化合物而言,更佳係鈦螯合化合物。 催化劑的用量相對於1 00質量份原料矽烷化合物,較 佳爲0.001〜10質量份,更佳爲0.001~1質量份。 催化劑可以預先添加到就原料的矽烷化合物中或矽烷 化合物溶解到有機溶劑形成的溶液中,或者也可以溶解或 分散到添加的水中。 合成其他聚有機矽氧烷時添加的水可以間歇性或連續 地添加到作爲原料的矽烷化合物中或矽烷化合物溶解到有 機溶劑形成的溶液中。 就合成其他聚有機矽氧烷時的反應溫度而言,較佳爲 0 ~ 1 0 0 °C,更佳爲1 5〜8 0 °C。反應時間較佳爲0.5〜2 4小時, 更佳爲1〜8小時。 該液晶配向劑在含有[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的同時 還含有其他聚合物時,其他聚合物的含量相對於1〇〇質量 份[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物,較佳爲ι〇,00〇質量份以下。其 他聚合物的更佳的含量根據其他聚合物的種類而異。 ~ 61 - 201120070 該液晶配向劑在含有[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物和[B]聚 合物時’兩者較佳的使用比例是相對於1 〇 〇質量份[A ]聚有 機矽氧烷化合物’ [B]聚合物的總量較佳爲ι〇〇~5,000質量 份,更佳爲200~3,000質量份。 另一方面,該液晶配向劑在含有[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合 物和其他聚有機矽氧烷時,兩者較佳的使用比例是相對於 100質量份[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物,其他聚有機矽氧烷的 量是100〜2,000質量份。 該液晶配向劑在同時含有[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物和 其他聚合物時,就其他聚合物而言,較佳係[B]聚合物或其 他聚有機矽氧烷。 [固化劑' 固化催化劑和固化促進劑] 固化劑和固化催化劑可以基於使[A]聚有機矽氧烷化 合物的交聯反應更牢固的目的而在該液晶配向劑中含有。 固化促進劑可以基於促進固化劑擔當的固化反應的目的, 在該液晶配向劑中含有。 就固化劑而言’可以使用固化性組成物固化—般使用 的固化劑,其中該固化組成物包含具有環氧基的固化性化 合物或具有環氧基的化合物。就這種固化劑而言,可以列 舉出例如多元胺、多元羧酸酐、多元羧酸。 就多元羧酸酐而言’可以列舉出例如環己院三酸的酸 酐以及其他多元酸酸酐。 就環己烷三羧酸酐而言’可以列舉出例如環己烷 -62- 201120070 -1,3,4 -三羧酸-3,4 -酐、環己烷-1,3,5 -三羧酸-3,5 -酐、環己 烷-1,2,3 -三羧酸-2,3-酐等。就其他多元羧酸酐而言,可以 列舉出例如 4 -甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、甲基納迪克酸酐The synthesis reaction of polylysine is preferably carried out in an organic solvent, preferably at -0 0 ° C -49 - 201120070 -1 50 ° C 'better at 0 ° C ~ 1 0 0 ° C, Preferably, it is carried out for 5 to 2 hours, preferably for 2 to 10 hours. In addition, the organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the synthesized polyamic acid, and examples thereof include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and N,N-dimethylacetamide.非, Ν-dimethylformamide, hydrazine, hydrazine - dimethyl hydrazine π ketal, dimethyl hydrazine, butyl vinegar, tetramethyl urea, hexamethyl sulphide and other aprotic Polar solvent; phenolic solvent such as m-cresol, xylenol, phenol, or halophenol. The amount of the organic solvent (a) is preferably such that the total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound (b) is 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the reaction solution (a + b). The amount of %. Further, the organic solvent may be used together with an alcohol, a ketone, an ester, an ether, a halogenated hydrocarbon, a hydrocarbon or the like in a poor solvent of polyproline in a range in which the produced polyamine is not precipitated. Examples of the poor solvent include methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, triethylene glycol, diacetone alcohol, and ethylene glycol. Methyl ether, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxy propionate, ethyl Ethoxypropionate, propylene carbonate, diethyl oxalate, diethyl malonate, diethyl ether, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether, ethylene glycol n-propyl ether, B Glycol isopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether (ethyl cellosolve), ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, two Ethylene glycol diethyl ether 'diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether 'diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate' diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, Tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane '1,2-dichloroethane, 1,4-dichlorobutane, -50- 201120070 trichloroethane, chlorobenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, hexane, heptane, octane, Benzene, toluene, xylene, etc. These poor solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. As described above, a reaction solution in which polylysine is dissolved can be obtained. The reaction solution can be directly used for preparing a liquid crystal alignment agent, or can be used for preparing a liquid crystal alignment agent after separating the polyamic acid contained in the reaction solution, or purifying the separated polyamic acid to prepare a liquid crystal alignment. Agent. The separation of the polyamic acid can be carried out by injecting the above reaction solution into a large amount of a poor solvent to obtain a precipitate, and drying the precipitate under reduced pressure; or by distilling off the reaction solution by an evaporator under reduced pressure. Alternatively, the polypyridic acid may be re-dissolved in an organic solvent and then precipitated in a poor solvent; or the method may be repeated by repeating the step of distilling off one or more times with an evaporator under reduced pressure. Proline. [Polyimide] The above polyiminoimine can be produced by dehydration ring closure of the glycine structure of the polyamic acid obtained as described above. At this time, the proline structure can be completely dehydrated and closed to a complete hydrazine imidization; or a part of the valeric acid structure can be dehydrated and closed, and a part of the guanidine structure and the quinone ring structure can be formed. Amine. The dehydration ring closure of polylysine is preferably (1) by heating the polyamic acid, or (ii) dissolving the polyaminic acid in an organic solvent, adding a dehydrating agent and a dehydration ring-closing catalyst to the solution. It is carried out according to the method of heating as needed. The reaction temperature in the method for heating poly-proline in the above (i) is preferably -51 - 201120070 50 to 20 (TC, more preferably 60 to 17 (TC. by allowing the reaction temperature to be 50 ° C or higher) The dehydration ring closure reaction is carried out, and the decrease in the molecular weight of the obtained quinone imidized polymer can be suppressed by setting the reaction temperature to 200 ° C or lower. The reaction time in the method of heating the polyproline is preferably 〇· 5 to 4 8 hours' is more preferably 2 to 20 hours. On the other hand, in the above method of adding a dehydrating agent and a dehydration ring-closing catalyst to a polyaminic acid solution, for example, acetic anhydride may be used in the case of a dehydrating agent. An acid anhydride such as propionic anhydride or trifluoroacetic anhydride, and the amount of the dehydrating agent is preferably 20 mol with respect to 1 mol of the polyamic acid structural unit. Further, 'for the dehydration ring-closing catalyst', for example, pyridine 'three a secondary amine such as methylpyridine, lutidine or triethylamine, but 'not limited thereto. The amount of the dehydration ring-closing catalyst is preferably 0.01 to 1 0 m ο 1 relative to 1 mol of the dehydrating agent used. The organic solvent used in the dehydration ring closure reaction The organic solvent exemplified as the solvent used for the synthesis of the polyamic acid may be exemplified. The reaction temperature of the dehydration ring-closure reaction is preferably from 〇 to 180 ° C, more preferably from 10 to 150 ° C. The reaction time is preferably from 0.5 to 〜 20 hours, more preferably 1 to 8 hours. In the method (ii), as described above, a reaction solution containing polyiminoimine can be obtained. The reaction solution can be directly used for preparing a liquid crystal alignment agent, or After the reaction solution removes the dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-closing catalyst, it is used for preparing a liquid crystal alignment agent; after separating the polyimine, it is used for preparing a liquid crystal alignment agent; or after separating the separated polyimine, for preparing a liquid crystal alignment In order to remove the dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-closure catalyst from the reaction solution, for example, a method such as solvent replacement is suitably used. The separation of the polyimine is '------200200 201120070 by the same method as the separation and purification method of poly-proline π [Other polyorganosiloxanes] The liquid crystal alignment agent may contain other polyorganosiloxanes in addition to [A] polyorganosiloxane. Other polyorganic sands are preferably selected from At least one of the group consisting of the polyorganosiloxane of the above formula (5) and the condensate of the hydrolyzed hydrolyzate thereof. In addition, when the agent contains other polyorganosiloxane, other polyorganooxane It may exist independently of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound, and one of them exists as a condensate formed as [A] polyorganosiloxane. In X1 and Y1 in the above formula (5), the number of carbon atoms is Examples of the alkyl group of 1 to 20 include a group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, a n-butyl group, a n-pentyl group, a n-hexyl group, a n-octyl group, a n-decyl group, a n-decyl group, a n-lauric group, and a positive group. Dodecyl second courtyard base, positive fourteen courtyard base, positive fifteen courtyard base, positive sixteen courtyard base, alkyl, n-octadecyl, n-nonadecyl, n-icosyl, etc.; Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 16 atoms include an oxy group and an ethoxy group; and examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include exemplified examples. The other polyorganosiloxane may be at least suitable for use by, for example, at least an anthraquinone selected from the group consisting of an alkoxylation compound and a halogenated decane compound (hereinafter also referred to as "raw material decane compound"). In the solvent, hydrolysis or hydrolysis is carried out in the presence of water and a catalyst. The oxyalkylene complex and most of the liquid crystal complexes thereof may be, for example, a methylheptyl group, a positive ten-negative group, for example, a group such as a phenyl decane alkane compound, and a combination of -53-201120070. The raw material of the sand 垸 compound can be used here, w, μ_ for example, tetramethoxy sand yard, tetraethoxy sand yard, tetra-n-propoxy sand yard, tetraisopropoxy sand yard, tetra-n-butoxy Base sands 'four or three grades of butoxy oxime' four-stage butoxy decane, tetrachloro decane; methyl trimethoxy decane, methyl triethoxy sand, methyl tri-n-propoxy decane Methyl triisopropoxy sulphate, methyl tri-n-butoxy decane, methyl tri-tertiary butoxy decane, methyl tri- or 2-butoxylate, methyl triphenyloxydecane, methyl Triclosan, ethyl trimethoxy sand, ethyl triethoxy decane, ethyl tri-n-propoxy decane, ethyl triisopropoxy decane, ethyl tri-n-butoxy fluorene, B Base three or three-stage butoxy decane, ethyl three-dimensional butoxy decane, ethyl chlorosilane, phenyl trimethoxy decane, phenyl triethoxy decane, phenyl trichloro sane; Dimethoxy decane, dimethyl diethoxy decane, dimethyl dichloro decane; trimethyl methoxy decane, trimethyl ethoxy sand, trimethyl chloride sand, and the like. Among these, tetramethoxy sand, tetraethoxy decane, methyl trimethoxy decane, methyl triethoxy decane, phenyl trimethoxy decane, phenyl triethoxy decane are preferred. , dimethyl dimethoxy fluorene, dimethyl diethoxy fluorene, trimethyl methoxy sand and trimethyl ethoxy sane. In the case of synthesizing another polyorganosiloxane, the organic solvent which can be used arbitrarily may, for example, be an alcohol compound, a ketone compound, a guanamine compound, an ester compound or other aprotic compound. They can be used alone or in combination of two or more. -54- 201120070 As the alcohol compound, for example, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, isobutanol, tertiary butanol, secondary butanol, n-pentanol, isoprene may be mentioned. Alcohol, 2-methylbutanol, tertiary pentanol, secondary pentanol, 3-methoxybutanol, n-hexanol, 2-methylpentanol, tertiary hexanol, 2-ethylbutanol, three Heptanol, hept-3-ol, n-octanol, 2-ethylhexanol, trioctyl octanol, n-nonanol, 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanol, n-nonanol, tertiary ten Monoalkanol, trimethylnonanol, tertiary tetradecyl alcohol, tertiary heptadecyl alcohol, phenol, cyclohexanol, methylcyclohexanol, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexanol, benzyl Monohydric alcohol compounds such as alcohol and diacetone alcohol; ethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 2,4-pentanediol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, 2 a polyol compound such as 5-hexanediol '2,4-heptanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol or tripropylene glycol; Alcohol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl , ethylene glycol mono-2-ethylbutyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, Diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl A partial ether or the like of a polyol compound such as a group ether. These alcohol compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Examples of the ketone compound include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl n-propyl ketone, methyl n-butyl ketone, -55-201120070 diethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and methyl group. N-pentyl ketone, ethyl n-butyl ketone 'methyl n-hexyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, trimethyl fluorenone, cyclohexanone, 2-hexanone, methylcyclohexanone, 2,4-pentyl Monoketone compounds such as diketone, acetonylacetone, acetophenone, fenchone; etidylacetone, 2,4-hexanedione, 2,4 heptanedione, 3,5•heptanedion, 2 , 4-octanedione, 3,5-octanone, 2,4, anthraquinone, 3,5-nonanedione, L-methyl-2,4-hexanedione, 2,2,6,6 - Tetramethyl.3,5-heptanedione, hexafluoro-2,4-heptanedione, etc., ketone compound, and the like. These ketone compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more. As the above guanamine compound, for example, formamide, N-methylformamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N-ethylformamide, N,N-diethyl group can be mentioned. Formamide, acetamide, N-methylacetamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-ethylacetamide, N,N-diethylacetamide, N-methyl Propylamine, N-methylpyrrolidone, N-methylmercaptoline, N-methylmercaptopiperidine, N-methylmercaptopyridine, N-ethylmercaptoporphyrin, N-ethylidene Piperidine, N-acetyl group, and the like. These guanamine compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Examples of the ester compound include diethyl carbonate, ethyl carbonate, propylene carbonate, diethyl carbonate, methyl acetate, and ethyl acetate. R-butyl vinegar... pentane vinegar, acetic acid n-propyl vinegar, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl vinegar acetate, isobutyl vinegar acetate, citric acid tertiary vinegar, acetic acid n-pentyl vinegar, acetic acid tertiary pentane vinegar, B 353 - methoxy butyl, acetic acid methyl vinegar, 2-ethyl butyl vine acetate, 2-ethylhexyl acetate, acetoxyacetate, cyclohexyl acetate, methylcyclohexyl acetate 'n-decyl acetate Ethylacetate, ethyl acetate, -56- 201120070 ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate 'diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 'Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether Acid ester, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diacetic acid Ester, methoxytriethylene glycol acetate, ethyl propionate, n-butyl propionate, isoamyl propionate, diethyl oxalate, di-n-butyl oxalate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate 'lactic acid N-butyl ester 'n-pentyl lactate, diethyl malonate dimethyl phthalate, diethyl phthalate and the like. These ester compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more. As the other aprotic compound, for example, acetonitrile, dimethyl hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, Ν'tetrakisylsulfonamide, trimethylamine hexamethylamine, hydrazine-methyl group can be exemplified. Zylinone, Ν-methylpyrrole, Ν-ethylpyrrole, Ν-methyl-Δ3 -dihydropyrrole, Ν-methylpiperidine' Ν-ethylpiperidine, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylper Tillage, hydrazine-methylimidazole, hydrazine-methyl-4-piperidone Ν-methyl-2-piperidone, Ν-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2 - Imidazolidinone, 1,3 - dimethyltetrahydro-2(1 fluorene)-pyrimidinone, and the like. Among these solvents, a polyhydric alcohol compound, a partial ether or an ester compound of a polyhydric alcohol compound is particularly preferred. The amount of water used in the synthesis of the other polyorganosiloxane is 1 mol, more preferably 0 to 01 to 100 mol, more preferably 〇.l, based on the total amount of the alkoxy group and the halogen atom of the starting decane compound. ~30mol, further preferably 1 to 1. 5 m ο 1 ratio. A catalyst which can be used in the synthesis of another polyorganosiloxane, and - for example, a metal chelate compound, an organic acid, an inorganic acid, an organic base, ammonia, an alkali metal compound or the like can be mentioned. The above metal chelate compound may, for example, be triethoxy-mono(ethylmercaptoacetonate) titanium, tri-n-propoxy-mono(ethylmercaptoacetoate) titanium, triisopropoxy group. Mono (acetylpyruvate) titanium, tri-n-butoxy-mono(ethylidenepyruvate) titanium, tri-tertiary butoxy-mono(ethylmercaptopyruvate) titanium, tri- or di-butyl Oxy-mono(ethylmercaptoacetoate) titanium, diethoxy bis(ethyl phthalate) titanium, di-n-propoxy bis(ethyl phthalate) titanium, diisopropyl Oxy-bis(ethylmercaptoacetoate) titanium, di-n-butoxy-bis(acetylsulfonate) titanium, di-tertiary butoxy-bis(ethylmercaptoacetoate) titanium, two Second-order butoxy-bis(ethylmercaptopyruvate) titanium, monoethoxy-parade (ethionylpyruvate) titanium 'mono-n-propoxy-parade (ethionyl pyruvate) titanium, Monoisopropoxy-paraxyl (ethyl acetoacetate) titanium, mono-n-butoxy- cis (ethionyl pyruvate) titanium, mono-tertiary butoxy-glycolate Titanium, single-stage butoxy-paraxyl (acetylthiopyruvate) Titanium, lanthanum (ethionyl pyruvate) titanium, triethoxy-mono(ethyl acetonitrile) titanium, tri-n-propoxy-mono(ethyl acetonitrile) titanium, triisopropoxy -mono(acetonitrile ethyl acetate) titanium, tri-n-butoxy-mono(acetonitrile ethyl acetate) titanium, tri-tertiary butoxy-mono(acetic acid ethyl acetate) titanium, tri- or two-butoxy -mono(acetonitrile ethyl acetate) titanium 'diethoxy-bis(acetic acid ethyl acetate) titanium, di-n-propoxy-bis(acetic acid ethyl acetate) titanium, diisopropoxy-bis ( Acetate ethyl acetate) Titanium 'di-n-butoxy-bis(acetic acid ethyl acetate) titanium, di-tertiary butoxy-bis(acetonitrile ethyl acetate) titanium 'di- or di-butoxy-bis( Acetate ethyl acetate) titanium, monoethoxy-para (acetonitrile ethyl acetate) titanium, mono-n-propoxy-para-58- 201120070 (acetic acid ethyl acetate) titanium, monoisopropoxy-para (acetonitrile ethyl acetate) titanium, mono-n-butoxy-parade (acetonitrile ethyl acetate) titanium, mono-tertiary butoxy-parade (acetic acid ethyl acetate) titanium, single-stage butoxy-para (acetate ethyl acetate) titanium, bismuth (acetic acid ethyl acetate) titanium, single Ethyl pyruvate) ginseng (acetic acid ethyl acetate) titanium, bis(ethyl phthalate) bis(acetic acid ethyl acetate) titanium, ginseng (ethyl acetonate) monoacetate Ethyl ester) titanium chelate compound such as titanium; triethoxy-mono(ethylmercaptopyruvate) zirconium, tri-n-propoxy-mono(ethylmercaptopyruvate) zirconium, triisopropoxy-single (Ethyl pyruvate) zirconium, tri-n-butoxy-mono(ethylmercaptopyruvate) zirconium, tri-tertiary butoxy-mono(ethylmercaptopyruvate) zirconium, three-stage butadiene Base-mono(ethylmercaptoacetate) zirconium, diethoxy bis(ethyl phthalate) oxime, di-n-propoxy bis(ethyl phthalate) pin, diisopropoxy double (Ethyl pyruvate) zirconium, zirconium di-n-butoxy bis(ethyl decyl pyruvate), di-tertiary butoxy bis(ethyl phthalate) zirconium, di- or two-butoxy (Ethyl acetonyl pyruvate) zirconium, monoethoxy oxy (acetoxypyruvate) pin, mono-n-propoxy sulphate (ethionyl pyruvate) zirconium, monoisopropoxy ginseng (acetamidine) Pyruvate) Oxymethylene (ethyl acetonyl pyruvate) ruthenium, mono-tertiary butoxy-oxymethane (ethyl acetonate pyruvate) zirconium, mono- or two-butoxysyl (ethyl acetonate) chrome, bismuth (B Mercapto pyruvate) zirconium, triethoxy-mono(acetic acid ethyl acetate) pin, tri-n-propoxy-mono(acetic acid ethyl acetate) zirconium, triisopropoxy-mono(acetonitrile) Ethyl ester] zirconium tri-n-butoxy-mono(acetonitrile ethyl acetate) zirconium, tri-tertiary butoxy-mono(acetonitrile ethyl acetate) zirconium, tri- or two-butoxy-mono(acetonitrile) Ethyl ester, zirconium, diethoxy bis(acetic acid ethyl acetate) zirconium, di-n-propoxy bis(acetic acid ethyl acetate) pin, diisopropoxy bis-59- 201120070 (ethyl acetate) Zirconium, di-n-butoxy bis(acetic acid ethyl acetate) chromium, di-terternary butoxy bis(acetic acid ethyl acetate) zirconium, di- or two-butoxy bis(acetic acid ethyl acetate) hydrazine, Monoethoxylated oxime (acetic acid ethyl acetate) zirconium, mono-n-propoxyoxyl (ethyl acetate) zirconium, monoisopropoxy oxyethylene (acetic acid ethyl acetate) zirconium, mono-n-butoxy (acetonitrile ethyl acetate) chromium, single tertiary butoxide Base ginseng (acetic acid ethyl acetate) zirconium 'single-stage butoxyl (ethyl acetate) zirconium, lanthanum (acetic acid ethyl acetate) zirconium, mono(ethyl phthalate) Ethyl zirconate, zirconium chelating compound such as zirconium, bis(ethyl decyl pyruvate) bis(acetic acid ethyl acetate) zirconium, ginsyl (acetate pyruvate) mono(acetic acid ethyl acetate) zirconium; (Ethyl acetonyl pyruvate) aluminum chelate compound such as aluminum, ginseng (acetic acid ethyl acetate) aluminum or the like. Examples of the organic acid include acetic acid, propionic acid 'butyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, heptanoic acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, capric acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid 'methylmalonic acid, Adipic acid, azelaic acid, gallic acid, butyric acid, mellitic acid, arachidonic acid, shikimic acid, 2-ethylhexanoic acid, oleic acid, stearic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, water Salicylic acid, benzoic acid, p-aminobenzoic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, monochloroacetic acid, dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, formic acid, malonic acid 'sulfonic acid, phthalic acid , fumaric acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, and the like. The inorganic acid may, for example, be hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrofluoric acid or phosphoric acid. The organic base may, for example, be pyridine, pyrrole, pipe trap, pyrrolidine, piperidine, picoline, trimethylamine, triethylamine, monoethanol-60-201120070 amine, diethanolamine, dimethyl group. Monoethanolamine, monomethyldiethanolamine, triethanolamine, dicyclobicyclooctane, dioxodicyclodecane, dinonylcycloundecene, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and the like. The alkali metal compound may, for example, be sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, barium hydroxide or calcium hydroxide. These catalysts may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Among these catalysts, a metal chelate compound, an organic acid or an inorganic acid is preferred. In the case of a metal chelate compound, a titanium chelate compound is more preferred. The amount of the catalyst to be used is preferably 0.001 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.001 to 1 part by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the starting decane compound. The catalyst may be previously added to the solution of the decane compound as the raw material or the decane compound dissolved in the organic solvent, or may be dissolved or dispersed in the added water. The water added in the synthesis of the other polyorganosiloxane may be added intermittently or continuously to the decane compound as a raw material or the decane compound dissolved in a solution formed by an organic solvent. The reaction temperature at the time of synthesizing other polyorganosiloxanes is preferably from 0 to 100 ° C, more preferably from 1 5 to 80 ° C. The reaction time is preferably from 0.5 to 2 4 hours, more preferably from 1 to 8 hours. When the liquid crystal alignment agent contains the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound and further contains other polymers, the content of the other polymer is relative to 1 part by mass of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound, preferably ι. 〇, 00〇 parts by mass or less. The better content of other polymers will vary depending on the type of other polymer. ~ 61 - 201120070 The liquid crystal alignment agent in the case of containing [A] polyorganosiloxane compound and [B] polymer, the preferred ratio of use is relative to 1 part by mass of [A] polyorganooxane The total amount of the compound '[B] polymer is preferably from ι to 5,000 parts by mass, more preferably from 200 to 3,000 parts by mass. On the other hand, when the liquid crystal alignment agent contains the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound and other polyorganosiloxane, the preferred ratio of use is relative to 100 parts by mass of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound. The amount of other polyorganosiloxane is 100 to 2,000 parts by mass. When the liquid crystal alignment agent contains both the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound and other polymers, it is preferably a [B] polymer or other polyorganosiloxane. [Curing Agent' Curing Catalyst and Curing Accelerator] The curing agent and the curing catalyst may be contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent for the purpose of making the crosslinking reaction of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound stronger. The curing accelerator may be contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent for the purpose of promoting the curing reaction by the curing agent. As the curing agent, a curing agent which is cured by using a curable composition containing a curable compound having an epoxy group or a compound having an epoxy group can be used. As such a curing agent, for example, a polyamine, a polycarboxylic anhydride, or a polycarboxylic acid can be listed. The polycarboxylic acid anhydride can be exemplified by, for example, an acid anhydride of a cycloheximide tricarboxylic acid and other polybasic acid anhydrides. In the case of cyclohexane tricarboxylic anhydride, for example, cyclohexane-62-201120070-1, 3,4-tricarboxylic acid-3,4-anhydride, cyclohexane-1,3,5-tricarboxylate can be exemplified. Acid-3,5-anhydride, cyclohexane-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid-2,3-anhydride, and the like. As the other polycarboxylic acid anhydride, for example, 4-methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride or methyl nadic anhydride may be mentioned.

順丁烯二酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、苯偏三酸酐、下述式(6)所 示的化合物、聚醯胺酸合成時一般使用的四甲酸二酐,以 及α-對蓋二烯、別羅勒萜等具有共軛雙鍵的脂環化合物與 順丁烯二酸酐的 Diels-Alder反應產物以及它們的氫化物 等。Maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, a compound represented by the following formula (6), tetracarboxylic dianhydride generally used in the synthesis of polylysine, and α-p-capadiene, a Diels-Alder reaction product of an alicyclic compound having a conjugated double bond and a maleic anhydride such as a blister, and a hydride thereof.

(式(6)中,X是1〜20的整數。) 就固化催化劑而言,可以使用例如六氟化銻化合物、 六氟化磷化合物、錦參乙醯丙酮化物等。這些催化劑可以 藉由加熱催化環氧基的陽離子聚合。 就上述固化促進劑而言,可以列舉出例如咪唑化合 物;新磷化合物;新胺化合物;1,8 -二吖二環[5 · 4 _ 0 ]十一烧 -7及其有機酸鹽等二吖二環烯;辛酸鋅、辛酸錫、鋁乙醯 丙酮錯合物等有機金屬化合物;三氟化硼、硼酸三苯醋等 硼化合物;氯化鋅、氯化錫等金屬鹵化物;二氰基二醯胺、 胺和環氧樹脂的加成物等胺加成型促進劑等高熔點分散型 -63- 201120070 潛在性固化促進劑;用聚合物覆蓋新鱗鹽等表面形成 膠囊型潛在性固化促進劑;胺鹽型潛在性固化促進劑 易士酸鹽、布氏酸鹽等高溫分解型熱陽離子聚合型潛 固化促進劑等。 [環氧化合物] 上述環氧化合物從進一步提高形成的液晶配向膜 板表面的黏合性的觀點來看,可以在該液晶配向劑中爸 就環氧化合物而言,較佳係乙二醇二縮水甘油醚 乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、三丙二 縮水甘油醚、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、新戊二醇二縮 油醚、1,6-己二醇二縮水甘油醚、甘油二縮水甘油醚、 二溴代新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚、1,3,5,6-四縮水甘油基 己二醇、Ν,Ν,Ν’ ,Ν’ -四縮水甘油基-間二甲苯二胺、 雙(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷、Ν,Ν,Ν’ ,Ν’ - 水甘油基- 4,4’ -二胺基二苯基甲烷、Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油3 基胺、Ν,Ν -二縮水甘油基-胺基甲基環己烷等。 該液晶配向劑含有環氧化合物時,就其含有比 言’相對於上述[A ]聚有機矽氧烷和任意使用的其他聚 總計1 0 0質量份,較佳爲0 · 0 1~ 4 0質量份,更佳爲0 , 質量份。 另外,該液晶配向劑含有環氧化合物時,基於有 產生該交聯反應的目的,可以和1-苄基-2-甲基咪唑等 催化劑一起使用。 的微 :路 在性 對基 Γ有。 、聚 醇二 水甘 2,2--2,4-1,3- 四縮 基-苄 例而 合物 ,1-30 效地 鹼性 -64 - 201120070 [官能性矽烷化合物] 官能性砂院化合物可以基於進一步提高和所得的液晶 配向膜的基板的黏合性的目的使用。就官能性砂院化合物 而言,可以列舉出例如3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽院、3_胺基 丙基三乙氧基5夕院、2 -胺基丙基三甲氧基砂院、2 -胺基丙 基三乙氧基矽烷' N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽 烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-醯脲 丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-醯脲丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-乙氧基 羰基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-乙氧基羰基胺基丙基 三乙氧基矽烷、N -三乙氧基矽基丙基三亞乙基三胺、N -三 甲氧基矽基丙基三亞乙基三胺、10-三甲氧基矽基-1,4,7-三 吖癸烷、10-三乙氧基矽基-1,4,7·三吖癸烷、9-三甲氧基矽 基-3,6 -二吖壬基乙酸酯、9 -三乙氧基矽基-3,6 -二吖壬基乙 酸酯、N-苄基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-苄基-3-胺基丙 基三乙氧基矽烷、N -苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N -苯 基-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-雙(氧乙烯)·3-胺基丙基三 甲氧基矽烷、Ν -雙(氧乙烯)-3 -胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-氧化縮水甘油基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙 基三甲氧基矽烷等,此外還可以列舉出日本特開昭 63-291922號公報記載的四甲酸二酐和具有胺基的矽烷化 合物的反應物等。 該液晶配向劑在含有官能性矽烷化合物時’就其含有 比例而言,相對於上述[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物和任意使用 -65- 201120070 的其他聚合物總計100質量份,較佳爲50質量份以下,更 佳爲20質量份以下。 [界面活性劑] 就界面活性劑而言,可以列舉出例如非離子性界面活 性劑、陰離子性界面活性劑、陽離子性界面活性劑、兩性 界面活性劑、有機矽界面活性劑、聚環氧烷界面活性劑、 含氟界面活性劑等。 該液晶配向劑含有界面活性劑時,就其含有比例而 言,相對於液晶配向劑整體1 00質量份,較佳爲10質量份 以下,更佳爲1質量份以下。 &lt;液晶配向劑的製備方法&gt; 該液晶配向劑如上所述,含有[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物 爲必須成分,根據需要可以含有其他任意成分,較佳係將 各成分溶解到有機溶劑中,調配爲溶液狀的組成物。 就可以用於調配該液晶配向劑的有機溶劑而言,較佳 係溶解特定聚有機矽氧烷和任意使用的其他成分,而不會 與它們反應的溶劑。可以在該液晶配向劑中較佳使用的有 機溶劑,根據任意添加的其他聚合物的種類而異。 該液晶配向劑在含有[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物和[B]聚 合物時,就較佳的有機溶劑而言,可以列舉出就合成聚醯 胺酸使用的溶劑而在上述例示的有機溶劑。此時’還可以 和就在本發明的聚醯胺酸的合成中使用的有機溶劑而例示 的不良溶劑一起使用。這些有機溶劑可以單獨使用或使用 -66- 201120070 兩種以上。 另一方面,該液晶配向劑在只含[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合 物就聚合物時,或者含有[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物和其他聚 有機矽氧烷時,就較佳的有機溶劑而言,可以列舉出例如 1-乙氧基-2-丙醇、丙二醇單乙基醚、丙二醇單丙基醚、丙 二醇單丁基醚、丙二醇單乙酸酯、二丙二醇甲基醚、二丙 二醇乙基醚、二丙二醇丙基醚、二丙二醇二甲基醚、乙二 醇單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、乙二醇單丙基醚、乙二醇 單丁基醚(丁基溶纖劑)、乙二醇單戊基醚、乙二醇單己基 醚、二乙二醇、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、 丙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、丁基溶纖劑乙酸酯、甲基卡必醇、乙 基卡必醇、丙基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇、乙酸正丙酯、乙酸 異丙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸三級丁酯、乙酸 正戊酯、乙酸三級戊酯 '乙酸3 -甲氧基丁酯、乙酸甲基戊 酯、乙酸2 -乙基丁酯、乙酸2 -乙基己酯、乙酸苄醋、乙酸 正己酯、乙酸環己酯、乙酸辛酯、乙酸戊酯、乙酸異戊醋 等。它們之中,較佳乙酸正丙酯、乙酸異丙酯、乙酸正丁 酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸三級丁酯、乙酸正基酯、乙酸二級 戊酯。 該液晶配向劑製備時使用的較佳的溶劑,可以根據有 無使用其他聚合物及其種類,組合上述有機溶劑的1種&amp; 上得到。這種溶劑不會在下述較佳的固體成分濃度T ’丰斤 出液晶配向劑中含有的各成分,而且液晶配向劑的表面張 -67- 201120070 力爲25〜40mN/m的範圍。 本發明的液晶配向劑的固體成分濃度,也就是液晶配 向劑中的溶劑以外的全部成分的重量佔據液晶配向劑的全 部重量的比例係考慮黏性、揮發性等而選擇,較佳爲1 ~ 1 0 質量%的範圍。該液晶配向劑塗敷到基板表面,形成液晶配 向膜形成的塗膜,但是在固體成分濃度爲1質量%以上時, 該塗膜的膜厚不會過小,可以得到良好的液晶配向膜。另 一方面,在固體成分濃度爲10質量%以下時,可以抑制塗 膜的膜厚過大,得到良好的液晶配向膜,而且可以防止液 晶配向劑的黏性增大,塗敷性質良好。特佳的固體成分濃 度的範圍根據在基板上塗敷液晶配向劑時採用的方法而 異。例如,在使用旋塗法進行時,固體成分濃度特佳爲 1.5〜4.5質量%的範圍。在使用印刷法進行時,固體成分濃 度爲3〜9質量%的範圍,由此,溶液黏度特佳爲i2~50mPa· s的範圍。在使用噴墨法進行時,固體成分濃度爲1〜5質量 %的範圍,由此,溶液黏度特佳爲3〜15mPa.s的範圍。製備 該液晶配向劑時的溫度較佳爲0°C〜200°C,更佳爲(TC〜40 〇C。 &lt;液晶顯示元件&gt; 本發明的液晶顯示元件的驅動方式沒有特別的限定, 可以在 TN、STN、IPS ' VA(包括 VA-MVA 方式、VA-PVA 方式等)等周知的各種方式中使用本技術,具有由上述液晶 配向劑形成的上述液晶配向膜。一般來說,液晶顯示元件 -68- 201120070 具有在表面依次積層透明電極和液晶配向膜的 該一對基板的內側對向配置,在該一對基板間 周圍部分用密封劑密封。 &lt;液晶顯示元件的製造方法&gt; 使用該液晶配向劑形成的液晶顯示元件例 製造。本發明中使用的液晶配向膜藉由在基板 晶配向劑’接著加熱塗敷面,在基板上形成。葡 可以使用例如由浮法玻璃、鈉玻璃等玻璃;聚 乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯' 聚醚颯、聚碳 式聚烯烴等塑膠形成的透明基板。準備兩塊如 配向膜的基板,藉由在這兩塊基板間配置液晶 胞。在製造液晶胞時,可以列舉出例如下述兩 第一種方法是目前已知的方法。首先,以 膜對向設置的方式,藉由間隙(胞間隙),將兩 配置,使用密封劑,將兩塊基板的周邊部位貼 板表面和密封劑分割的胞間隙內注入塡充液晶 入孔,可以製造液晶胞。 第二種方法是稱作ODF(〇ne Drop Fill,滴 方法。在形成液晶配向膜的兩塊基板中的一個 定位置,塗敷例如紫外光固化性的密封材料, 配向膜面上滴加液晶後,貼合另一個基板並使 對向,然後,在基板的整面照射紫外光,使密 可以製造液晶胞。 一對基板, 塡充液晶, 如可以如下 上塗敷該液 基板而言, 對苯二甲酸 酸酯、脂環 上形成液晶 ,製造液晶 種方法。 各液晶配向 塊基板對向 合,在由基 後,密封注 注法)方式的 I基板上的規 然後在液晶 :液晶配向膜 :封劑固化, -69- 201120070 在任一種方法的情況下 熱到各向同性的溫度後,緩 時的流動配向爲理想。然後 合偏光板,可以得到本發明 就前述密封劑而言,可 鋁球和固化劑的環氧樹脂等 就上述液晶而言,可以 晶等。在爲TN型液晶胞或 形成向列型液晶的正的介1 言,可以使用例如聯苯類液 液晶、聯三苯類液晶、聯苯3 二噚烷類液晶、雙環辛烷類: 在上述液晶中,可以進一步 甾基壬酸酯、膽甾基碳酸酯€ CB-15(Merck公司製造)銷售 對胺基-2-甲基丁基肉桂酸醋 另一方面,在垂直配向 向列型液晶的負的介電各向 使用例如二氰基苯類液晶、 氧化偶氮基類液晶、聯苯類 就液晶胞的外側使用&amp; 定,可以列舉出邊將聚乙烯 維素保護膜夾住吸收碘之稱 ’接著將使用液晶胞的液晶加 慢冷卻到室溫,除去液晶注入 ’藉由在液晶胞的外側表面貼 的液晶顯示元件。 以使用例如含有就隔片的氧化 〇 使用例如向列型液晶、碟型液 STN型液晶胞時,較佳係具有 |各向異性者。就這種液晶而 晶、苯基環己烷類液晶、酯類 I環己烷類液晶、嘧啶類液晶、 夜晶、立方烷類液晶等。另外, 添加使用例如氯化膽固醇、膽 爭膽固醇液晶;以商品名C -1 5、 的手性試劑;對癸氧基亞苄基-等強介電性液晶等。 型液晶胞時,較佳係具有形成 異性。就這種液晶而言,可以 嗒阱類液晶、西夫鹼類液晶' 液晶、苯基環己烷類液晶等。 3偏光板而言,沒有特別的限 醇薄膜延展配向,邊用乙酸纖 作“ Η膜”的偏光膜形成的偏 -70- 201120070 光板或由Η膜本身形成的偏光板等。 所謂製造的本發明的液晶顯示元件除了液晶 度、顯示性質以外’配向性以及電壓保持率、殘影 各種性能優異。 &lt;具有配向方位不同的兩個以上的區域的液晶 件&gt; 該液晶顯示元件的液晶配向模式是垂直型,而 配向方位不同的兩個以上的區域,基本結構和上述 示元件相同。就該具有配向方法不同的兩個以上的 手段而言,沒有特別的限定’可以列舉出例如使用 案的透明電極的手段以及藉由將液晶配向膜進行摩 等配向分割的手段等。該液晶顯不兀件適合在ΤΝ、 IPS、VA(包含VA-MVA方式、VA-PVA方式等)等驅 中使用,可以進一步提高對比度,而且還進一步提 回應性。 就上述形成圖案的透明電極的製造方法而言, 藉由膠印法(offset prmting)、旋塗法或噴墨印刷法 該液晶配向劑,接著,藉由加熱各塗敷面形成塗膜 基板的一面上設置的透明導電膜而言,可以使用由 (Sn〇2)形成的NESA膜(美國PPG公司的註冊商標)、 銦-氧化錫(In2〇3-Sn〇2)形成的IT0膜等。接著,例如 成無圖透明導電膜後,藉由光蝕刻形成圖案的方法 透明導電膜時,使用具有所希望的圖寒的光罩的方 回應速 性質等 顯示元 且具有 液晶顯 區域的 形成圖 擦處理 STN、 動模式 高高速 較佳係 ,塗敷 。就在 氧化錫 由氧化 藉由形 :形成 法等, -71 - 201120070 形成圖案。 就具體的形成圖案的透明電極而言,可以列舉出第1~3 圖所示者。參照第1圖對形成圖案的透明電極進行說明。 參照第1圖(b) ’透明基板3具有分割爲多個區域的ITO膜 1,設置多個狹縫2形成圖案。就狹縫2的寬wi而言,是 例如1 0 μ m左右;就狹縫2間的距離w 2而言,是例如3 5 // m 左右。這種情況下,第1圖(a)所示的ITO線wi是9mm(寬 3 5 // m ’ 2 0 0根)所謂。就透明基板的材料而言,可以歹ij舉出 例如玻璃等。另外,在使用第1圖所示的形成圖案的透明 電極製造液晶顯示元件時,準備兩塊具有該形成圖案的透 明電極的基板,將該兩塊基板對向配置時,必須使狹縫2 之間相互不重疊地配置(狹縫2相互錯開,和IT0膜丨接觸)。 就液晶配向膜的配向分割手段而言,可以列舉出例如 和上述的“液晶顯示元件的製造方法”同樣地操作,製造 一對(兩片)具有液晶配向膜的基板,藉由光罩進行摩擦處 理以使這些基板的一個像素中具有兩個以上不同的配向方 位的區域方法。就光罩的形態而言,可以列舉出將具有相 當於一個區域的大小的孔的一個像素分割爲四份的光簞 (是像素大小的1 Μ的陣列,隔一個地設置孔,該孔如對角 線般並列的光罩)。(In the formula (6), X is an integer of 1 to 20.) For the curing catalyst, for example, a ruthenium hexafluoride compound, a phosphorus hexafluoride compound, a ginseng acetonide acetonide or the like can be used. These catalysts can be polymerized by heating to catalyze the cation of the epoxy group. Examples of the above curing accelerator include, for example, an imidazole compound; a neophosphorus compound; a neoamine compound; 1,8-dioxabicyclo[5 · 4 _ 0 ] eleven-sinter-7 and an organic acid salt thereof. Anthraquinone; an organic metal compound such as zinc octoate, tin octylate, aluminum acetamacetone complex; boron compound such as boron trifluoride or boric acid triphenyl vinegar; metal halide such as zinc chloride or tin chloride; High-melting-point dispersion type such as an amine addition promoter such as an amine amide, an amine and an epoxy resin, etc. -63- 201120070 Potential curing accelerator; covering the surface with a new scale salt with a polymer to form a capsule type latent curing Promoter; amine salt type latent curing accelerator, such as a high temperature decomposition type thermal cationic polymerization type latent curing accelerator such as a salt of a salt or a sulphate. [Epoxy compound] From the viewpoint of further improving the adhesion of the formed liquid crystal alignment film sheet, the epoxy compound may be preferably an ethylene glycol condensate in the liquid crystal alignment agent. Glycidyl ether glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diacetate, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether , glycerol diglycidyl ether, dibromo neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl hexanediol, hydrazine, hydrazine, Ν', Ν'-tetraglycidyl- M-xylylenediamine, bis(indenyl, hydrazine-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, Ν'-hydroglycosyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl Methane, hydrazine, hydrazine-diglycidyl 3-amine, hydrazine, hydrazine-diglycidyl-aminomethylcyclohexane, and the like. When the liquid crystal alignment agent contains an epoxy compound, it contains a ratio of '100% by mass relative to the above [A] polyorganosiloxane and any other polymerization used arbitrarily, preferably 0 · 0 1 to 4 0 The mass portion is more preferably 0 parts by mass. Further, when the liquid crystal alignment agent contains an epoxy compound, it can be used together with a catalyst such as 1-benzyl-2-methylimidazole for the purpose of generating the crosslinking reaction. The micro: the road is in the sex pair. , Polyol dihydrate, 2,2--2,4-1,3-tetraketyl-benzyl exemplified, 1-30 effective alkaline-64 - 201120070 [functional decane compound] functional sand yard The compound can be used for the purpose of further improving the adhesion to the substrate of the obtained liquid crystal alignment film. Examples of the functional sand compound include, for example, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxyphthalate, 3-aminopropyltriethoxy-5, and 2-aminopropyltrimethoxy sand. , 2-aminopropyltriethoxydecane 'N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-amino Propylmethyldimethoxydecane, 3-guanidinopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-guanidinopropyltriethoxydecane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane , N-ethoxycarbonylaminopropyltriethoxydecane, N-triethoxydecylpropyltriethylenetriamine, N-trimethoxydecylpropyltriethylenetriamine, 10- Trimethoxydecyl-1,4,7-trioxane, 10-triethoxyindolyl-1,4,7-trioxane, 9-trimethoxyindolyl-3,6-di Mercaptoacetate, 9-triethoxyindolyl-3,6-dimercaptoacetate, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-benzyl-3 -Aminopropyltriethoxydecane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, N-bis(oxyethylene) )·3-Amino Trimethoxy decane, fluorene-bis(oxyethylene)-3-aminopropyltriethoxy decane, 3-oxyglycidylpropyltrimethoxydecane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl Further, a reaction product of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a decane compound having an amine group described in JP-A-63-291922, etc., may be mentioned. When the liquid crystal alignment agent contains a functional decane compound, it is preferably 100 parts by mass based on the above-mentioned [A] polyorganosiloxane compound and any other polymer of -65-201120070, preferably in terms of its content ratio. 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less. [Interacting Agent] Examples of the surfactant include nonionic surfactants, anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants, organic quinone surfactants, and polyalkylene oxides. Surfactant, fluorine-containing surfactant, and the like. When the liquid crystal alignment agent contains a surfactant, the content of the liquid crystal alignment agent is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 1 part by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the liquid crystal alignment agent. &lt;Preparation method of liquid crystal alignment agent&gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent contains the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound as an essential component, and may contain other optional components as needed, and it is preferred to dissolve the components into an organic solvent. In the composition, it is formulated as a solution. In the case of an organic solvent which can be used for formulating the liquid crystal alignment agent, it is preferred to dissolve a specific polyorganosiloxane and other components which are used arbitrarily without reacting with them. The organic solvent which can be preferably used in the liquid crystal alignment agent varies depending on the type of other polymer to be added. When the liquid crystal alignment agent contains the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound and the [B] polymer, a preferred organic solvent is exemplified by the solvent used in the synthesis of the polyamic acid. Solvent. At this time, it can also be used together with the poor solvent exemplified as the organic solvent used in the synthesis of the polyamic acid of the present invention. These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination of -66 to 201120070. On the other hand, the liquid crystal alignment agent is preferably organic when it contains only [A] polyorganosiloxane compound as a polymer, or [A] polyorganosiloxane compound and other polyorganosiloxane. The solvent may, for example, be 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monoacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether, or the like. Propylene glycol ethyl ether, dipropylene glycol propyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether ( Butyl cellosolve), ethylene glycol monopentyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, diethylene glycol, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, propyl cellosolve acetate Ester, butyl cellosolve acetate, methyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol, propyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, acetic acid Butyl ester, tertiary butyl acetate, n-amyl acetate, tertiary amyl acetate '3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl amyl acetate, acetic acid 2 - Butyl acetate, 2 - ethyl hexyl acetate, benzyl acetate, hexyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, octyl acetate, amyl acetate, amyl acetate, isobutyl acetate and the like. Among them, n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, tertiary butyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, and amyl acetate are preferred. A preferred solvent to be used in the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be obtained by combining the above-mentioned organic solvents with or without other polymers and their types. This solvent does not enrich the components contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent at a preferred solid concentration T of the following, and the surface of the liquid crystal alignment agent is in the range of 25 to 40 mN/m. The solid content concentration of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, that is, the ratio of the total weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent to the total weight of all components other than the solvent in the liquid crystal alignment agent is selected in consideration of viscosity, volatility, etc., preferably 1 to ~ 1 0% by mass range. The liquid crystal alignment agent is applied to the surface of the substrate to form a coating film formed of a liquid crystal alignment film. However, when the solid content concentration is 1% by mass or more, the film thickness of the coating film is not too small, and a favorable liquid crystal alignment film can be obtained. On the other hand, when the solid content concentration is 10% by mass or less, the film thickness of the coating film can be suppressed from being excessively large, and a favorable liquid crystal alignment film can be obtained, and the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be prevented from increasing, and the coating property is good. The range of the particularly preferable solid content concentration varies depending on the method used when the liquid crystal alignment agent is applied onto the substrate. For example, when the spin coating method is used, the solid content concentration is particularly preferably in the range of 1.5 to 4.5% by mass. When the printing method is used, the solid content concentration is in the range of 3 to 9 mass%, whereby the solution viscosity is particularly preferably in the range of i2 to 50 mPa·s. When the inkjet method is used, the solid content concentration is in the range of 1 to 5 mass%, whereby the solution viscosity is particularly preferably in the range of 3 to 15 mPa·s. The temperature at which the liquid crystal alignment agent is prepared is preferably from 0 ° C to 200 ° C, more preferably (TC to 40 〇 C. <Liquid crystal display element> The driving method of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is not particularly limited. The present technology can be used in various known methods such as TN, STN, IPS 'VA (including VA-MVA method, VA-PVA method, etc.), and has the liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent. In general, liquid crystal The display element-68-201120070 has an inner side of the pair of substrates on which the transparent electrode and the liquid crystal alignment film are laminated in this order, and is sealed with a sealant around the pair of substrates. <Method for Manufacturing Liquid Crystal Display Element> The liquid crystal display element formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent is produced by using the liquid crystal display element used in the present invention. The liquid crystal alignment film used in the present invention is formed on the substrate by heating the coated surface on the substrate, and the Portuguese can be used, for example, by float glass. Glass such as soda glass; transparent substrate made of plastic such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate 'polyether oxime, polycarbon polyolefin. Prepare two substrates such as alignment film. The liquid crystal cell is disposed between the two substrates. When manufacturing the liquid crystal cell, for example, the following two methods are known. First, the film is disposed opposite to each other by a gap (cell) Gap), two configurations, using a sealant, injecting the surface of the peripheral portion of the two substrates and the interstitial space of the sealant into the liquid crystal inlet hole, the liquid crystal cell can be manufactured. The second method is called ODF ( 〇Ne Drop Fill, drop method. Applying, for example, a UV-curable sealing material to one of the two substrates forming the liquid crystal alignment film, and dropping the liquid crystal on the alignment film surface, bonding the other substrate and Opposite, then, the entire surface of the substrate is irradiated with ultraviolet light to make a liquid crystal cell. A pair of substrates, which are filled with liquid crystal, can be coated on the terephthalate or the alicyclic ring as follows. A method of forming a liquid crystal and manufacturing a liquid crystal. The liquid crystal alignment block substrate is opposed to each other, and the gauge on the I substrate in the form of a base after sealing method is then cured in a liquid crystal: liquid crystal alignment film: a sealing agent. -69- 201120070 In the case of any method, after the heat to the isotropic temperature, the slow flow alignment is ideal. Then, the polarizing plate can be obtained, and the present invention can be used for the aforementioned sealant, the aluminum ball and the curing agent. In the case of the above-mentioned liquid crystal, an epoxy resin or the like may be crystallized, etc. In the case of a positive TN type liquid crystal cell or a nematic liquid crystal, for example, a biphenyl liquid crystal, a terphenyl liquid crystal, or a biphenyl may be used. 3 Dioxane liquid crystal, bicyclooctane: In the above liquid crystal, further mercapto phthalate, cholesteryl carbonate € CB-15 (manufactured by Merck) can be sold to amino-2-methylbutyl group. Cinnamon vinegar, on the other hand, in the negative dielectric direction of the vertical alignment nematic liquid crystal, for example, a dicyanobenzene liquid crystal, an azo azo liquid crystal, or a biphenyl is used for the outer side of the liquid crystal cell. The liquid crystal display element which is attached to the outer surface of the liquid crystal cell by absorbing the iodine is sandwiched between the polyethylene virgin protective film and the liquid crystal of the liquid crystal cell. In the case of using, for example, a nematic liquid crystal or a dish type STN type liquid crystal cell containing ruthenium oxide as a spacer, it is preferable to have an anisotropic property. Such a liquid crystal is a crystal, a phenylcyclohexane liquid crystal, an ester I cyclohexane liquid crystal, a pyrimidine liquid crystal, a night crystal, a cubic liquid crystal or the like. Further, for example, a chlorinated cholesterol, a cholesteric liquid crystal, a chiral reagent having a trade name of C -15, a p-oxybenzylidene-based or the like, and a ferroelectric liquid crystal are used. In the case of a liquid crystal cell, it is preferred to form an opposite polarity. Such a liquid crystal may be a well-type liquid crystal, a Schiff base liquid crystal liquid crystal, a phenylcyclohexane liquid crystal or the like. 3 For the polarizing plate, there is no specific alcohol film extending direction, and a polarizing film made of acetic acid fiber as a "ruthenium film" is used as a polarizing film of -70-201120070 or a polarizing plate formed by the ruthenium film itself. The liquid crystal display element of the present invention produced by the present invention is excellent in various properties such as the alignment property, the voltage holding ratio, and the afterimage in addition to the liquid crystallinity and display properties. &lt;Liquid crystal device having two or more regions having different alignment directions&gt; The liquid crystal alignment mode of the liquid crystal display element is a vertical type, and two or more regions having different alignment directions have the same basic structure as the above-described elements. The two or more means having the different alignment methods are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a means for using a transparent electrode and a means for dividing the liquid crystal alignment film by alignment. The liquid crystal display is suitable for use in flooding, IPS, VA (including VA-MVA mode, VA-PVA mode, etc.), and can further improve contrast and further improve responsiveness. In the method for producing the patterned transparent electrode, the liquid crystal alignment agent is formed by offset prting, spin coating or inkjet printing, and then the side of the coated substrate is formed by heating each coated surface. For the transparent conductive film to be provided, an NEOA film formed of (Sn〇2) (registered trademark of PPG, USA) or indium-tin oxide (In2〇3-Sn〇2) can be used. Next, for example, when a transparent conductive film is formed by photolithography after forming a transparent conductive film without a pattern, a display element such as a square response speed property of a photomask having a desired pattern is used, and a pattern of a liquid crystal display region is formed. Wipe treatment STN, dynamic mode high speed and better system, coating. In the case of tin oxide, a pattern is formed by oxidation, form, formation, etc., -71 - 201120070. The specific pattern-forming transparent electrode can be exemplified in the first to third figures. The patterned transparent electrode will be described with reference to Fig. 1 . Referring to Fig. 1(b), the transparent substrate 3 has an ITO film 1 divided into a plurality of regions, and a plurality of slits 2 are formed to form a pattern. The width wi of the slit 2 is, for example, about 10 μm; and the distance w 2 between the slits 2 is, for example, about 3 5 // m. In this case, the ITO line wi shown in Fig. 1(a) is 9 mm (width 3 5 // m '200). As the material of the transparent substrate, for example, glass or the like can be cited. Further, when a liquid crystal display element is manufactured using the patterned transparent electrode shown in Fig. 1, two substrates having the patterned transparent electrode are prepared, and when the two substrates are opposed to each other, the slit 2 must be formed. They are arranged without overlapping each other (the slits 2 are staggered from each other and are in contact with the IT0 membrane). In the same manner as the above-described "method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device", a pair of (two sheets) substrates having a liquid crystal alignment film are produced, and rubbing is performed by a photomask. A region method of treating two or more different alignment orientations in one pixel of these substrates. As for the form of the reticle, an array in which one pixel having a hole corresponding to the size of one region is divided into four (a pixel-sized array of 1 Μ) is provided, and a hole is provided one by one. Diagonal juxtaposed reticle).

製造本發明的具有配向方位不同的兩個以上的區域的 液晶顯示元件使用的液晶配向劑較佳係包含具有上述式(3) 所不的基團的化合物D -72- 201120070 式(3)中,R2是包含雙鍵、三鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵或氧原子 的任意者的連接基團。R3是具有至少兩個單環結構的基 團。a是0~1的整數。對這些符號的詳細說明由於已經在[A] 聚有機矽氧烷化合物的說明項中進行了 ’所以在這裏省略。 &lt;聚有機矽氧烷化合物&gt; 本發明的聚有機矽氧烷化合物包含來自具有環氧基的 聚有機矽氧烷的部分,以及來自下述式(1)所示的具有羧基 的化合物、或式(1)的R3具有下述式(2)所示的羧基的化合 物的部分。該聚有機矽氧烷化合物的詳細說明由於已經在 該液晶配向劑中含有的[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的說明項 中進行了,所以在這裏省略。 該聚有機矽氧烷化合物適合在用於構成具有配向性以 及高速回應性、電壓性質以及殘影性質等各種性能的液晶 顯示元件的液晶配向劑中使用。 [實施例] 以下,藉由實施例,對本發明進行更具體地說明,但 是本發明並不受到追些實施例的限定。 以下的實施例中得到的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷以 及[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的重量平均分子量(Mw)是藉由 下述方式的GPC測定的聚苯乙烯換算値。The liquid crystal alignment agent used in the liquid crystal display element of the present invention having two or more regions having different alignment directions is preferably a compound D-72-201120070 having a group not represented by the above formula (3). R2 is a linking group containing any of a double bond, a triple bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, or an oxygen atom. R3 is a group having at least two single ring structures. a is an integer from 0 to 1. The detailed description of these symbols is omitted here since it has been carried out in the description of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound. &lt;Polyorganomethoxy oxane compound&gt; The polyorganosiloxane compound of the present invention contains a moiety derived from a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, and a compound having a carboxyl group represented by the following formula (1), Or a part of the compound of the formula (1) wherein R3 has a carboxyl group represented by the following formula (2). The detailed description of the polyorganosiloxane compound has been carried out in the description of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent, and thus is omitted here. The polyorganosiloxane compound is suitably used in a liquid crystal alignment agent for constituting a liquid crystal display element having various properties such as an alignment property, a high-speed responsiveness, a voltage property, and an afterimage property. [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically described by the examples, but the present invention is not limited by the examples. The polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group obtained in the following examples and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound are polystyrene-converted oxime measured by GPC in the following manner.

管柱:東曹公司,TSKgelGRCXLII 溶劑:四氫呋喃Pipe column: Tosoh Corporation, TSKgelGRCXLII Solvent: Tetrahydrofuran

溫度:40°C -73- 201120070 壓力:68kgf/cm2 另外,根據需要藉由重複進行下述合成例所示的合成 規模下的原料化合物和聚合物的合成,從而確保以下實施 例中使用的原料化合物和聚合物的必要量。 &lt;具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷的合成&gt; [合成例1] 在具有攪拌器、溫度計' 滴液漏斗和回流冷凝管的反 應容器中,加入lOO.Og的2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧 基矽烷(ECETS)、500g甲基異丁基酮以及i〇.〇g三乙胺,在 室溫下混合。接著,從滴液漏斗花費30分鐘滴加100g去 離子水後’在回流下’一面混合一面在8 〇它下反應6小時。 反應結束後’取出有機層,藉由〇.2質量%硝酸銨水溶液洗 滌直到洗滌後的水爲中性後,減壓下餾出溶劑和水,得到 具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷,爲黏稠的透明液體。 對具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷進行lH_NMR分析,在 化學位移(&lt;5 )= 3.2 p p m附近得到如理論強度那樣的基於環 氧基的峰,確認在反應中環氧基沒有產生副反應。 [合成例2~3] 除了加入的原料如下述表1所示以外,和合成例1同 樣地操作’分別得到具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷,爲黏稠 的透明液體。合成例1〜3得到的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧 院的Mw和環氧當量合倂到表1中表示。另外,表1中的 原料矽烷化合物的簡稱是以下含義。 -74- 201120070 ECETS: 2-(3,4 -環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷 MTMS:甲基三甲氧基矽烷 PTMS :苯基三甲氧基矽烷 [表1] 原料矽烷化合物(g) Mw 環氧當量 ECETS MTMS PTMS (g/mol) 合成例1 100 0 0 2,200 186 合成例2 80 20 0 2,500 210 合成例3 80 0 20 2,000 228 &lt;特定羧酸的合成&gt;Temperature: 40°C-73-201120070 Pressure: 68kgf/cm2 Further, the synthesis of the raw material compound and the polymer at the synthesis scale shown in the following synthesis example is repeated as necessary to ensure the raw materials used in the following examples. The necessary amount of compound and polymer. &lt;Synthesis of polyorganosiloxane having epoxy group&gt; [Synthesis Example 1] In a reaction vessel having a stirrer, a thermometer's dropping funnel and a reflux condenser, a 2-(3, 4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane (ECETS), 500 g of methyl isobutyl ketone, and i.g. triethylamine were mixed at room temperature. Next, 100 g of deionized water was added dropwise from the dropping funnel for 30 minutes, and the mixture was reacted under reflux for 6 hours while being mixed under reflux. After the completion of the reaction, the organic layer was taken out and washed with a 2% by mass aqueous solution of ammonium nitrate until the water after washing was neutral, and then the solvent and water were distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. It is a viscous transparent liquid. The lH-NMR analysis of the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group gave an epoxy group-based peak such as theoretical strength in the vicinity of a chemical shift (&lt;5) = 3.2 ppm, confirming that no epoxy group was produced in the reaction. reaction. [Synthesis Examples 2 to 3] The polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group was obtained as a viscous transparent liquid, except that the raw materials to be added were the same as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the materials to be added were as shown in the following Table 1. The Mw and epoxy equivalent of the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group obtained in Synthesis Examples 1 to 3 are shown in Table 1. Further, the abbreviation of the raw material decane compound in Table 1 has the following meanings. -74- 201120070 ECETS: 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane MTMS: methyltrimethoxydecane PTMS: phenyltrimethoxydecane [Table 1] Raw material decane compound (g) Mw Epoxy equivalent ECETS MTMS PTMS (g/mol) Synthesis Example 1 100 0 0 2,200 186 Synthesis Example 2 80 20 0 2,500 210 Synthesis Example 3 80 0 20 2,000 228 &lt;Synthesis of a specific carboxylic acid&gt;

根據下述反應路徑,合成特定羧酸1 NCSynthesis of a specific carboxylic acid 1 NC according to the following reaction route

/ \ K2CO3 OH + Br—fCHpl—COOMe ---- x 71〇 DMF/ \ K2CO3 OH + Br-fCHpl—COOMe ---- x 71〇 DMF

化合物1 , 、 LiOH-HoO 0(CH2) COOMe -►Compound 1, , LiOH-HoO 0(CH2) COOMe -►

MeOH / H20MeOH / H20

NC 〇~0~〇icH2)NC 〇~0~〇icH2)

COOH 特定羧酸1 [合成例4] 在具有冷凝管的500mL的三口燒瓶中加入6.3g的4- 氰基-4’ -羥基聯苯、10g的11-溴&quot;1--酸甲酯、14.2g碳酸 鉀、200mL的Ν,Ν -二甲基甲醯胺,在160°C下加熱攪拌5 小時。藉由TLC確認反應結束後,將反應溶液冷卻到室溫 -75- 201120070 將反應溶液投入到5 0 0 m L水中’混合攪拌。過濾析出的白 色固體,用水進一步洗滌。得到的固體在80 °C下真空乾燥’ 得到1 1 g化合物1。 [合成例5 ] 接著,在具有冷凝管的200mL的三口燒瓶中’加入10g 化合物1、1.6g氫氧化鋰·1水合物、30mL甲醇、15mL水, 在80°C下加熱攪拌4小時。藉由TLC確認反應結束後,將 反應溶液冷卻到室溫。在攪拌反應溶液的狀態下,在反應 溶液中緩慢滴加稀鹽酸。過濾析出固體,依次用水、乙醇 洗漉。得到的固體在8 0 °C下真空乾燥,得到8 g特定殘酸1。 根據下述反應路徑,合成特定羧酸2。COOH-specific carboxylic acid 1 [Synthesis Example 4] 6.3 g of 4-cyano-4'-hydroxybiphenyl and 10 g of 11-bromo-quot; 1--acid methyl ester were added to a 500 mL three-necked flask equipped with a condenser. 14.2 g of potassium carbonate, 200 mL of hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylformamide, and heating and stirring at 160 ° C for 5 hours. After confirming the completion of the reaction by TLC, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature -75 - 201120070. The reaction solution was poured into 500 ml of water 'mixed and stirred. The precipitated white solid was filtered and washed with water. The obtained solid was vacuum dried at 80 ° C to give 11 g of Compound 1. [Synthesis Example 5] Next, 10 g of the compound 1, 1.6 g of lithium hydroxide·1 hydrate, 30 mL of methanol, and 15 mL of water were placed in a 200 mL three-necked flask having a condenser, and the mixture was stirred under heating at 80 ° C for 4 hours. After confirming the completion of the reaction by TLC, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. Dilute hydrochloric acid was slowly added dropwise to the reaction solution while the reaction solution was stirred. The solid was separated by filtration and washed successively with water and ethanol. The solid obtained was dried under vacuum at 80 ° C to give 8 g of the desired residue. The specific carboxylic acid 2 was synthesized according to the following reaction route.

also

TBABTBAB

0H0H

〇' '〇 ► NC〇' '〇 ► NC

\__/ DMF 化合物2\__/ DMF Compound 2

〇Η2α2〇Η2α2

〇iCH2)2〇-f-〇-〇iCH2)2〇-f-〇-

CI 化合物3CI Compound 3

COOMe 化合物4COOMe Compound 4

COOH COOMe K2C03COOH COOMe K2C03

DMF UOH-H2〇DMF UOH-H2〇

MeOH/THF/H20 特定羧酸2 [合成例6] -76- 201120070 在具有冷凝管的500mL的三口燒瓶中加入15g的4 -氰 基-4’ -羥基聯苯、13.5g碳酸乙二酯、2.5g溴化四丁基銨 (TBAB)、300mL的Ν,Ν-二甲基甲醯胺,在150°C下加熱攪 拌9小時。藉由TLC確認反應結束後,將反應溶液冷卻到 室溫。反應溶液藉由300mL乙酸乙酯、l〇〇mL的1N氫氧化 鈉水溶液的混合溶液分液洗滌。萃取有機層後,再以1 00mL 的1 N氫氧化鈉水溶液、1 〇〇mL水的順序分液洗滌。有機層 用硫酸鎂乾燥後,餾出有機溶劑。得到的固體真空乾燥後, 藉由100mL乙醇/25 0mL己烷再結晶,得到13.1g化合物2。 [合成例7] 在具有冷凝管、滴液漏斗的200mL的三口燒瓶中,加 入12g化合物2、12.7g的4-氯苯磺醯氯、60mL脫水二氯甲 烷混合。在冰浴中冷卻反應溶液的狀態下,花費1 〇分鐘滴 加6 · 6 g三乙胺的1 〇 m L脫水二氯甲烷溶液。保持冰浴狀態, 攪拌3 0分鐘,恢復到室溫再攪拌6小時。在反應溶液中加 入150mL氯仿,用l〇〇mL水分液洗滌4次。萃取的有機層 用硫酸鎂乾燥’餾出有機溶劑。得到的固體藉由乙醇洗滌, 得到1 6.1 g化合物3。 [合成例8] 在具有冷凝管的300mL的三口燒瓶中加入1 5g化合物 3、llg的4-羥基苯甲酸甲酯、i2.5g碳酸鉀、18〇mL的N,N-二甲基甲醯胺’在80°C下加熱攪拌9小時。藉由TLC確認 反應結束後’將反應溶液冷卻到室溫。將反應溶液投入 -77- 201120070 500mL水中,混合攪拌。過濾析出的白色固體,用乙醇進 一步洗滌。得到的固體在80°C下真空乾燥,得到i〇g化合 物4。 [合成例9] 在具有冷凝管的100mL的三口燒瓶中,加入9.5g化合 物4、1.6g氫氧化鋰·1水合物、30mL甲醇、15mL四氫呋喃、 15mL水,在80°C下加熱攪拌4小時。藉由TLC確認反應 結束後’將反應溶液冷卻到室溫。在攪拌反應溶液的狀態 下’在反應溶液中緩慢滴加稀鹽酸。過濾析出固體,依次 用水、乙醇洗滌。得到的固體在8(TC下真空乾燥,得到9g 特定羧酸2。 根據下述反應路徑,合成特定羧酸3。MeOH/THF/H20 specific carboxylic acid 2 [Synthesis Example 6] -76- 201120070 15 g of 4-cyano-4'-hydroxybiphenyl and 13.5 g of ethylene carbonate were placed in a 500 mL three-necked flask equipped with a condenser. 2.5 g of tetrabutylammonium bromide (TBAB), 300 mL of hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylformamide, and heating and stirring at 150 ° C for 9 hours. After confirming the completion of the reaction by TLC, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. The reaction solution was washed with a mixed solution of 300 mL of ethyl acetate and 1 mL of a 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. After extracting the organic layer, it was washed with 100 mL of 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and 1 mL of water. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, and then the organic solvent was evaporated. The obtained solid was dried under vacuum and then recrystallized from 100 mL of ethanol / 250 mL of hexane to afford 13.1 g of Compound 2. [Synthesis Example 7] In a 200 mL three-necked flask equipped with a condenser and a dropping funnel, 12 g of the compound 2, 12.7 g of 4-chlorobenzenesulfonium chloride, and 60 mL of dehydrated methylene chloride were added. In the state where the reaction solution was cooled in an ice bath, 6 6 g of triethylamine in 1 〇 m L of dehydrated dichloromethane was added dropwise over 1 Torr. The mixture was kept in an ice bath, stirred for 30 minutes, returned to room temperature and stirred for another 6 hours. 150 mL of chloroform was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was washed 4 times with 1 mL of a water solution. The extracted organic layer was dried with magnesium sulfate to distill off the organic solvent. The obtained solid was washed with ethanol to give 16.1 g of Compound 3. [Synthesis Example 8] In a 300 mL three-necked flask having a condenser, 15 g of Compound 3, llg of methyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, i2.5 g of potassium carbonate, and 18 mL of N,N-dimethylformamidine were placed. The amine was stirred with heating at 80 ° C for 9 hours. After confirming the completion of the reaction by TLC, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. The reaction solution was poured into -77-201120070 500 mL of water and mixed and stirred. The precipitated white solid was filtered and washed with ethanol. The obtained solid was vacuum dried at 80 ° C to obtain i 〇 g compound 4. [Synthesis Example 9] In a 100 mL three-necked flask equipped with a condenser, 9.5 g of Compound 4, 1.6 g of lithium hydroxide·1 hydrate, 30 mL of methanol, 15 mL of tetrahydrofuran, and 15 mL of water were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 80 ° C for 4 hours. . After confirming the completion of the reaction by TLC, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. Dilute hydrochloric acid was slowly added dropwise to the reaction solution while the reaction solution was stirred. The solid was separated by filtration and washed successively with water and ethanol. The obtained solid was vacuum dried at 8 (TC) to give 9 g of the specific carboxylic acid 2. The specific carboxylic acid 3 was synthesized according to the reaction path described below.

K2C〇3K2C〇3

DMFDMF

特定羧酸3 -78- 201120070 [合成例1 ο ] 藉由在合成例4中,使用10.7g的2,3,5,6 -四氟- 4- (五 氟苯基)苯酚代替4-氰基-4’ -羥基聯苯,得到13.7g化合物 [合成例1 1] 藉由在合成例5中,使用1 3 .5 g化合物5代替化合物1, 得到11.2g特定羧酸3。 根據下述反應路徑,合成特定羧酸Specific carboxylic acid 3 -78- 201120070 [Synthesis Example 1] By using, in Synthesis Example 4, 10.7 g of 2,3,5,6-tetrafluoro-4-(pentafluorophenyl)phenol was used instead of 4-cyano Base-4'-hydroxybiphenyl, 13.7 g of a compound was obtained [Synthesis Example 1 1] By substituting 1,3 g of Compound 5 for Compound 1 in Synthesis Example 5, 11.2 g of a specific carboxylic acid 3 was obtained. Synthesis of specific carboxylic acids according to the following reaction pathway

TBAB DMFTBAB DMF

o(ch2) OHo(ch2) OH

Cl 〇Cl 〇

Et3N CH2CI2Et3N CH2CI2

HOHO

COOMeCOOMe

K2C〇3 DMFK2C〇3 DMF

Me〇H/THF/H2〇 F F F F 化合物6 Li〇H.H2〇 -&gt;Me〇H/THF/H2〇 F F F F Compound 6 Li〇H.H2〇 -&gt;

特定羧酸4 [合成例12] -79- 201120070 藉由在合成例6中,使用25.5g的2,3,5,6 -四氟-4-(五 氟苯基)苯酚代替4-氰基-4’ -羥基聯苯,得到23.lg化合物 [合成例13] 藉由在合成例7中,使用18.9g化合物6代替化合物2, 得到24.1g化合物7。 [合成例14] 藉由在合成例8中,使用2 0 g化合物7代替化合物3, 得到15.4g化合物8。 [合成例15] 藉由在合成例9中,使用1 3 g化合物8代替化合物4, 得到11.4g特定羧酸4。 根據下述反應路徑,合成特定羧酸5。Specific carboxylic acid 4 [Synthesis Example 12] -79-201120070 By using, in Synthesis Example 6, 25.5 g of 2,3,5,6-tetrafluoro-4-(pentafluorophenyl)phenol was used instead of 4-cyano group. -4'-Hydroxybiphenyl to give 23.lg compound [Synthesis Example 13] In Synthesis Example 7, 18.9 g of Compound 6 was used instead of Compound 2 to obtain 24.1 g of Compound 7. [Synthesis Example 14] By using 20 g of Compound 7 in place of Compound 3 in Synthesis Example 8, 15.4 g of Compound 8 was obtained. [Synthesis Example 15] By using, in Synthesis Example 9, 13 g of Compound 8 was used instead of Compound 4, 11.4 g of the specific carboxylic acid 4 was obtained. The specific carboxylic acid 5 was synthesized according to the following reaction route.

NCNC

Br—(όΗ2·)^~COOMeBr—(όΗ2·)^~COOMe

K2C〇3 DMFK2C〇3 DMF

LiOH H2〇 MeOH / H20LiOH H2〇 MeOH / H20

NCNC

和特定羧酸1的合成同樣地,將亞甲基的數量從1 0改 變爲5,合成15g特定羧酸5。 -80- 201120070 &lt;[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的合成&gt; [實施例1 ] 在100mL的三口燒瓶中,加入9.8g上述合成例1得 的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷、28g甲基異丁基酮、5. 上述合成例5得到的特定羧酸1、3 . 3 g就上述式(5 )所示 化合物的一種例示的式(5-5)所示的 4-辛氧基苯甲酸 0.20g UCAT 18X(san-apro公司的新銨鹽),在80°C下攪 1 2小時。反應結束後,用甲醇再次沉澱,沉澱物溶於乙 乙酯中,得到溶液,該溶液水洗3次後,餾出溶劑,得 14.5g[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物 A-1,爲白色粉末。[A]聚 機矽氧烷化合物A-1的Mw爲6,500。 [實施例2] 除了使用4 g合成例9得到的特定羧酸2代替特定羧 1以外’和實施例1同樣地操作,得到1 2.8 g [ A ]聚有機矽 烷化合物A-2的白色粉末。A-2的Mw是6,000» [實施例3] 除了使用6 · 8 g合成例1 1得到的特定羧酸3代替特 羧酸1以外,和實施例1同樣地操作,得到丨4.7 g [ A ]聚 機矽氧烷化合物A-3的白色粉末。a-3的Mw是8,100。 [實施例4] 除了使用5 · 6 g合成例1 5得到的特定羧酸4代替特 殘酸1以外,和實施例1同樣地合成[A]聚有機矽氧烷化 物。結果得到15.0g的[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物A-4的白 到 〇g 的 和 拌 酸 到 有 酸 氧 定 有 定 合 色 -81 - 201120070 粉末。A-4的Mw是7,500。 [實施例5] 在100mL的三口燒瓶中,加入9.8g上述合成例1得到 的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷、28g甲基異丁基酮、l〇g上 述合成例5得到的特定羧酸1和0.20g UCAT 18X(san-apro 公司的新銨鹽),在8 0 °C下攪拌1 2小時。反應結束後,用 甲醇再次沉澱,沉澱物溶於乙酸乙酯中,該溶液水洗3次 後,餾出溶劑,得到16.0g的[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物A-5, 爲白色粉末。A-5的Mw是8,500。 [實施例6] 除了使用4 · 1 g合成例1 6得到的特定羧酸5代替特定 羧酸1以外,和實施例1同樣地操作,得到12.4g[A]聚有 機矽氧烷化合物A-6的白色粉末。A-6的Mw是6,200。 [實施例7] 除了使用3.6g就上述式(5)所示的化合物的一種例示 的式(5-7)所示的4-(4-戊基環己基)苯甲酸代替4-辛氧基苯 甲酸以外,和實施例1同樣地操作,得到13.4g的[A]聚有 機矽氧烷化合物A-7的白色粉末。A-7的Mw是7,900。 [實施例8] 在100mL的三口燒瓶中,加入9.8g上述合成例1得到 的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷、28g甲基異丁基酮、8.〇g 上述合成例5得到的特定羧酸1、1.4g上述式(5-7)所示的 4-(4-戊基環己基)苯甲酸和0.20g UCAT 18X(san-apro公司 -82- 201120070 的新銨鹽)’在8 0 °C下攪拌1 2小時。反 再次沉澱’沉澱物溶於乙酸乙酯中,該$ 飽出溶劑’得到1 3 . 9 g的[A ]聚有機矽氧 白色粉末。A-8的Mw是8,900。 [實施例9] 在lOOmL的三口燒瓶中,加入9.8g 的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷、28g甲 上述合成例5得到的特定羧酸1、5.8 g 4-(4-戊基環己基)苯甲酸和〇.2〇g UCAT 的新銨鹽)’在8Ot下攪拌1 2小時。反 再次沉澱’沉澱物溶於乙酸乙酯中,得 洗3次後’餾出溶劑,得到丨3.4 g [ A ]聚 A-9’爲白色粉末。a-9的Mw是7,600。 [實施例1 0 ] 在lOOmL的三口燒瓶中,加入9.8g 的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷、28g甲 上述合成例5得到的特定羧酸1、2.6g 羧酸衍生物和 0.20g UCAT 18X(san-api-o 8 0°C下攪拌1 2小時。反應結束後,用甲 物溶於乙酸乙酯中,該溶液水洗3次後 15.5g的[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物A-10, 的 Mw 是 9,200。 [比較合成例1 ] 應結束後,用甲醇 容液水洗3次後, 烷化合物A - 8,爲 上述合成例1得到 基異丁基酮' 2.0g 上述式(5-7)所示的 1 8X(san-apro 公司 應結束後,用甲醇 到溶液,該溶液水 有機矽氧烷化合物 上述合成例1得到 基異丁基酮、8.Og 上述式(5-6)所示的 公司的新銨鹽),在 醇再次沉澱,沉澱 ’餾出溶劑,得到 爲白色粉末。A - 1 0 -83- 201120070 在lOOmL的三口燒瓶中’加入9.8g上述合成例1得到 的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷、28g甲基異丁基嗣、3.3g 的4 -辛氧基苯甲酸和0.10g UCAT 18X(san-apro公司的新敍 鹽),在8 0 °C下攪拌12小時。反應結束後’用甲醇再次沉 澱,沉澱物溶於乙酸乙酯中,該溶液水洗3次後’餾出溶 劑,得到9.6g的[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物CA-1 ’爲白色粉 末。CA-1 的 Mw 是 6,000。 &lt;聚醯胺酸的合成&gt; [合成例1 7 ] 將 19.61g(0.1mol)的 1,2,3,4 -環丁烷四甲酸二酐和 21.23g(0.丨mol)4,4’ -二胺基-2,2’ -二甲基聯苯溶解到 367_6g的N -甲基-2-吡咯啶酮中,在室溫下反應6小時。接 著,將反應混合物注入大量過量的甲醇中,使反應產物沉 澱。沉澱物用甲醇洗滌,減壓、4 0 °C下乾燥丨5小時,得到 35g聚醯胺酸PA-1。 [合成例1 8 ]Similarly to the synthesis of the specific carboxylic acid 1, the number of methylene groups was changed from 10 to 5, and 15 g of the specific carboxylic acid 5 was synthesized. -80-201120070 &lt;Synthesis of [A] polyorganomethoxy oxane compound&gt; [Example 1] 9.8 g of the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group obtained in the above Synthesis Example 1 was added to a 100 mL three-necked flask. 28 g of methyl isobutyl ketone, 5. The specific carboxylic acid obtained in the above Synthesis Example 5, and 3.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (5-5) of the compound represented by the above formula (5) 0.20 g of octyloxybenzoic acid UCAT 18X (new ammonium salt of San-apro Co., Ltd.) was stirred at 80 ° C for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, the precipitate was again precipitated with methanol, and the precipitate was dissolved in ethyl acetate to give a solution. After washing the mixture three times, the solvent was distilled off to give 14.5 g of [A] polyorganoxane compound A-1 as white. powder. The molecular weight of the [A] polyoxyalkylene compound A-1 was 6,500. [Example 2] A white powder of 1,2.8 g of [A] polyorganodecane compound A-2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 4 g of the specific carboxylic acid 2 obtained in Synthesis Example 9 was used instead of the specific carboxy group. Mw of A-2 is 6,000» [Example 3] 丨4.7 g [A] was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 6 g of the specific carboxylic acid 3 obtained in Synthesis Example 1 was used instead of the specific carboxylic acid 1. A white powder of a polyoxyalkylene compound A-3. The Mw of a-3 is 8,100. [Example 4] A [A] polyorganosiloxane compound was synthesized in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 5 6 g of the specific carboxylic acid 4 obtained in Synthesis Example 15 was used instead of the residual acid 1. As a result, 15.0 g of [A] polyorganooxy siloxane compound A-4 was obtained from white to yg and acid was added to acid-oxygen to give a color of -81 - 201120070 powder. The Mw of A-4 is 7,500. [Example 5] 9.8 g of the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group obtained in the above Synthesis Example 1, 28 g of methyl isobutyl ketone, and 10 g of the specific composition obtained in the above Synthesis Example 5 were placed in a 100 mL three-necked flask. Carboxylic acid 1 and 0.20 g of UCAT 18X (new ammonium salt of San-apro Co., Ltd.) were stirred at 80 ° C for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, the precipitate was reprecipitated with methanol, and the precipitate was dissolved in ethyl acetate. After the mixture was washed three times with water, the solvent was evaporated to give 16.0 g of [A] polyorganoxane compound A-5 as a white powder. The Mw of A-5 is 8,500. [Example 6] 12.4 g of [A] polyorganosiloxane compound A- was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 4 g of the specific carboxylic acid 5 obtained in Synthesis Example 16 was used instead of the specific carboxylic acid 1. 6 white powder. The Mw of A-6 is 6,200. [Example 7] In place of 4-octyloxy group, 4-(4-pentylcyclohexyl)benzoic acid represented by the formula (5-7), which is an exemplary compound of the above formula (5), was used in an amount of 3.6 g. A white powder of 13.4 g of [A] polyorganosiloxane compound A-7 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the benzoic acid. The Mw of A-7 is 7,900. [Example 8] 9.8 g of the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group obtained in the above Synthesis Example 1, 28 g of methyl isobutyl ketone, and 8. g of the above Synthesis Example 5 were added to a 100 mL three-necked flask. Specific carboxylic acid 1, 1.4 g of 4-(4-pentylcyclohexyl)benzoic acid represented by the above formula (5-7) and 0.20 g of UCAT 18X (san-apro-82-201120070 new ammonium salt) Stir at 80 ° C for 12 hours. The counter-precipitated 'precipitate was dissolved in ethyl acetate, and the solvent was saturated to give 13.9 g of [A] polyorganofluorene white powder. The Mw of the A-8 is 8,900. [Example 9] In a 100 mL three-necked flask, 9.8 g of a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, and 28 g of a specific carboxylic acid obtained in the above Synthesis Example 5, 5.8 g of a 4-(4-pentyl ring) were added. The hexyl)benzoic acid and 新.2〇g UCAT new ammonium salt) were stirred at 8Ot for 12 hours. The precipitate was again dissolved in ethyl acetate, and after washing three times, the solvent was distilled off to give 3.4 g of [A] poly A-9' as a white powder. The Mw of a-9 is 7,600. [Example 1 0] 9.8 g of a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, 28 g of a specific carboxylic acid obtained in the above Synthesis Example 1, 1, 2.6 g of a carboxylic acid derivative, and 0.20 g were placed in a 100 mL three-necked flask. UCAT 18X (san-api-o was stirred at 120 ° C for 12 hours. After the reaction was completed, the product was dissolved in ethyl acetate, and the solution was washed 3 times with water after 15.5 g of [A] polyorganosiloxane compound. A-10, Mw is 9,200. [Comparative Synthesis Example 1] After completion of the washing with methanol solution for 3 times, the alkane compound A-8 is obtained as the above-mentioned Synthesis Example 1 'isobutyl ketone' 2.0 g (8-7) 1 8X (San-apro company should be finished, using methanol to the solution, the solution water organic oxoxane compound. The above synthesis example 1 gave ketobutyl ketone, 8.Og above formula (5 -6) The new ammonium salt of the company shown) was precipitated again in the alcohol, and the solvent was distilled off to obtain a white powder. A - 1 0 -83 - 201120070 In a 100 mL three-necked flask, 9.8 g of the above synthesis example was added. 1 obtained polyorganosiloxane having epoxy group, 28 g of methyl isobutyl hydrazine, 3.3 g of 4-octyloxybenzoic acid and 0.10 g of UCAT 18X (san-apro) The new salt was stirred at 80 ° C for 12 hours. After the reaction was completed, it was reprecipitated with methanol, and the precipitate was dissolved in ethyl acetate. After washing the solution three times, the solvent was distilled off to obtain 9.6 g of [ A] The polyorganosiloxane compound CA-1 'is a white powder. The Mw of CA-1 is 6,000. &lt;Synthesis of poly-proline&gt; [Synthesis Example 1 7] 19.61 g (0.1 mol) of 1, 2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 21.23 g (0. 丨mol) 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl dissolved in 367-6 g of N-methyl- In 2-pyrrolidone, the reaction was carried out for 6 hours at room temperature. Then, the reaction mixture was poured into a large excess of methanol to precipitate a reaction product. The precipitate was washed with methanol, and dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C for 5 hours. , 35 g of polyaminic acid PA-1 was obtained. [Synthesis Example 1 8 ]

14.23g(0.lmol)環己烷雙(甲基胺)溶解到3 29 32的N_甲基 -2-吡略啶酮中,在6CTC下反應6小時。 入大量過量的甲醇中’使反應產物沉锻 滌,減壓、40 °C下乾燥1 5小時,得到 。接著,將反應物注 。沉澱物用甲醇洗 32g聚醯胺酸PA-2。 &lt;聚醯亞胺的合成&gt; [合成例1 9 ] -84- 201120070 取出1 7.5 g上述合成例1 8得到的聚醯胺酸PA - 2,在其 中添加2 3 2.5 g的N -甲基-2 -吡咯啶酮、3.8 g吡啶和4.9 g乙 酸酐’在1 2 0 °C下反應4小時,進行醯亞胺化。接著,將反 應混合液注入大量過量的甲醇中,使反應產物沉澱。沉澱 物用甲醇洗滌’減壓下乾燥15小時,得到15 g聚醯亞胺 PI-1。 [合成例20] 將19.88g就四甲酸二酐的2,3,5 -三羧基環戊基乙酸二 酐、6.83g就二胺化合物的對伸苯基二胺、358g二胺基二 苯基甲烷和4.72g上述式(G-4)所示的二氨溶解到i4〇g的 N -甲基-2 -吡咯啶酮中’在6 0 °C下反應4小時。接著,將反 應溶液注入大量過量的甲醇中,使反應產物沉澱。之後, 用甲醇洗滌’減壓、4 0 C下乾燥2 4·小時,得到3 2.8 g聚醯 胺酸。將30g得到的聚醯胺酸溶解到4〇〇g的N-甲基-2_吡 略H疋酮中’添加i2.〇g卩比陡和i5.5g乙酸軒,在11〇。〇下脫 水閉環4小時’和上述同樣地沉澱、洗滌、減壓乾燥,得 到25£的_ = 92,000、1^/1^ = 4.19'醯亞胺化率79%的聚 醯亞胺PI - 2。 &lt;液晶配向劑的製備&gt; [實施例11] 選取合成例17得到的含有聚醯胺酸ρΑ_ι的溶液,並 使換算爲其中含有的聚醯胺酸PAj相當於1〇〇〇質量份的 里,加入[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物A_1(1〇〇質量份),然後加 -85- 201120070 入N -甲基-2 -吡咯啶酮和丁基溶纖劑’形成溶劑組成爲N -甲基-2 -吡咯η定酮:丁基溶纖劑=5 0 : 5 0 (質量比)、固體成分 濃度爲3.0質量%的溶液。該溶液使用孔徑10.2//m的過濾 器過濾,製備液晶配向劑S -1。 [實施例12〜24和比較例1] 使就[B]聚合物的聚醯胺酸或聚醯亞胺、就[A]成分的 聚有機矽氧烷化合物的組合如表2所記載,和實施例1 1同 樣地,製備液晶配向劑S-2〜S-14和CS-1。 [比較例2 ] 在上述合成例20得到的聚醯亞胺PI-2中分別加入N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮和丁基溶纖劑並使溶劑組成爲N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮:丁基溶纖劑=70 : 30(質量比),形成固體成分濃 度爲3.0質量%的溶液。該溶液使用孔徑〇. 2 v m的過濾器 過濾’製備液晶配向劑CS-2。另外,表中的“表示不使 用該成分。 &lt;液晶顯示元件的製造&gt; 在具有由ITO膜形成的透明電極的玻璃基板的透明電 極面上,藉由旋塗法,塗布上述實施例丨丨製備的液晶配向 劑s -1 ’在8 0 °C的加熱板上,預烘烤1分鐘後,在氮氣置 換烘箱中,在2 〇 〇 〇c下,加熱1小時,除去溶劑,形成膜厚 0.08 # m的塗膜(液晶配向膜)。重複該操作,製造一對(兩 片)具有液晶配向膜的基板。 在上述基板中的一片的具有液晶配向膜的面的外周, -86- 201120070 藉由絲網印刷(screen printing)塗敷加入了直徑3.5 // m的氧 化鋁球的環氧樹脂接著劑後,將一對基板的液晶配向膜面 對向配置,重疊壓接,在150 °C下花1小時將接著劑熱固 化。接著,從液晶注入口,在基板間的間隙中,塡充負型 液晶(Merck公司製造,MLC-6608)後,藉由環氧類接著劑密 封液晶注入口;然後爲了除去液晶注入時的流動配向,將 其在1 50°C下加熱1 0分鐘後,緩慢冷卻到室溫。 此外,在基板的外側兩面,藉由貼合偏光板並使兩片 偏光板的偏光方向相互正交,而製造液晶顯示元件。使用 實施例1 2~24和比較例1 ~2製備的液晶配向劑,同樣地操 作,製造液晶顯示元件。 &lt;具有配向方位不同的兩個以上的區域的液晶顯示元 件&gt; [實施例25] 除了使用第1圖所示的形成圖案的透明電極以外,和 上述液晶顯示元件的製造同樣地操作,製造具有配向方位 不同的兩個以上的區域的液晶顯示元件。 [實施例26] 在設置透明電極的基板上塗布上述實施例11製備的 液晶配向劑A-1,然後在80 °C的加熱板上預烘烤1分鐘後, 在氮氣置換烘箱中,在2 0 0 °C下加熱1小時,除去溶劑,形 成膜厚〇.〇8 v m的塗膜(液晶配向膜)。重複該操作,製造一 對(兩片)具有液晶配向膜的基板。藉由將一個像素分割爲4 -87- 201120070 份的光罩’對這些基板進行摩擦處理。如此,除了進行摩 擦處理,從而在一個像素具有兩個以上的配向不同的區域 以外,和上述垂直型液晶顯示元件的製造同樣地操作,製 造具有配向方位不同的兩個以上的區域的液晶顯示元件。 &lt;評價&gt; 對製造的液晶顯示元件如下進行評價。結果合併到表 2表示。 [配向性] 對上述製造的液晶顯示元件,藉由目視觀察在背光照 射下,未施加電壓的狀態時有無光透過、配向混亂;沒有 光透過、配向混亂的情形爲“〇”,一部分存在光透過、 配向混亂的爲“ △” ,完全沒有得到垂直配向狀態者爲 “ ” X 0 [電壓保持率] 對上述製造的液晶顯示元件,以60微秒的施加時間、 167毫秒的間隔施加5V的電壓後,測定從解除施加到1 67 毫秒後的電壓保持率(%)。測定裝置使用TOYO TECHNICA 公司的VHR-1。 [殘影性質] 對和上述同樣地製造的液晶顯示元件,在1 〇〇的環境 溫度下施加20小時直流1 7V的電壓,藉由閃光消除法’求 得切斷直流電壓後殘留在液晶胞內的電壓(殘留D c電壓)。 [回應速度(開始時的電光學回應性)] -88- 201120070 在包括了偏光顯微鏡、光檢測器和脈衝發生器的裝寘 中’測定液晶回應的開始時間。這裏所述的液晶回應速度 是指在製作的液晶顯示元件中從未施加電壓的狀態到最大 施加1秒鐘5 V電壓時,從透過率1 〇 %變化爲透過率9 〇 %所 需要的時間(msec.)。 [對比度] 對實施例1 1製造的液晶顯示元件以及實施例2 5和2 6 製造的具有配向方位不同的兩個以上的區域的液晶顯示元 件評價對比度。將如上製造的液晶胞配置在兩片偏光板 間’固定在燈箱上。使一片偏光板旋轉,測定透過的光的 最小強度’得到最小透過率。另外,使相同的偏光板旋轉, 測定透過的光的最大強度,得到最大透過率。將最大透過 率-最小透過率定義爲相對透過率,使用相對透過率就對比 度的代用指標。相對透過率爲40以上時,可以判斷爲良好。 結果,實施例1 1製造的液晶顯示元件的相對透過率爲 20。實施例25和26製造的具有配向方位不同的兩個以上 的區域的液晶顯示元件的相對透過率爲4 9。另外,使用第 2圖和第3圖所示的形成圖案的透明電極製造具有配向方 位不同的兩個以上的區域的液晶顯示元件時,分別得到相 同的相對透過率° -89- 201120070 [表2] 液晶 配向劑 [A诚分 [Β]成分 配向性 電壓保持率 (%) 殘影性質 (mV) 回應速度 (msec.) 實施例11 S-1 A-1 ΡΑ-1 〇 99 200 10 夤施例12 S-2 A-2 ΡΑΊ 〇 99 150 15 實施例13 S-3 A-3 ΡΑΊ 〇 98 100 10 實施例14 S-4 A-4 ΡΑΊ 〇 98 100 12 實施例15 S-5 A-5 ΡΙ-2 〇 99 200 29 實施例16 S-6 A-6 ΡΑ-1 〇 98 200 17 實施例17 S-7 A-7 ΡΑ-1 〇 99 150 11 實施例18 S-8 A-8 ΡΑΊ Δ 98 150 9 實施例19 S-9 A-9 ΡΑ-1 〇 99 「170 22 實施例20 S-10 A-10 ΡΑ-1 〇 99 170 13 實施例21 S-11 Α·7 ΡΑ-2 〇 98 200 12 k施例22 S-12 Α-7 ΡΙ-1 〇 99 250 11 實施例23 S-13 Α-7 ΡΙ-2 〇 99 240 38 實施例24 S-14 Α-8 ΡΙ-2 〇 99 210 34 比較例1 CS-1 CA-1 ΡΑ-1 〇 98 250 50 比較例2 CS-2 - ΡΙ-2 〇 98 550 55 如表2的結果表明,可以知道具有使用實施例1 1 ~ 24 的液晶配向劑製造的液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件,具有一 般要求的配向性、電壓保持率和殘影性質。液晶的回應速 度方面可以知道即使從最差的小的値來看,與比較例1的 液晶顯示元件相比,速度也高速化約24%以上。另外,可 以知道使用該組合物製造的具有配向方位不同的兩個以上 的區域的液晶顯示元件的對比度優異。 產業上的利用可能性 根據本發明可以提供配向性優異、可以高速回應,而 且能夠形成電壓性質以及殘影性質等各種性質優異的液晶 顯示元件的液晶配向劑。因此,該液晶顯示元件適合在 TN、STN、IPS、VA(包含 MVA ' PVA、光垂直配向、PSA 等方式)等驅動模式中使用。 【圖式簡單說明】 -90- 201120070 [第1圖](a)本發明中使用的形成圖案的透明電極的一 個樣態的俯視圖。(b)上述俯視圖中的X-X’放大剖面圖。 [第2圖]本發明中使用的形成圖案的透明電極的一個 樣態的俯視圖。 [第3圖]本發明中使用的形成圖案的透明電極的一個 樣態的俯視圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 1 IT 0 膜 2 狹縫 3 透明基板 -91 -14.23 g (0.1 mol) of cyclohexane bis(methylamine) was dissolved in 3 29 32 of N-methyl-2-pyridinone and reacted at 6 CTC for 6 hours. The reaction product was subjected to a forging and purification in a large excess of methanol, and dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C for 15 hours. Next, the reactants were injected. The precipitate was washed with methanol (32 g) of polyaminic acid PA-2. &lt;Synthesis of Polyimine&gt; [Synthesis Example 1 9] -84- 201120070 1 7.5 g of the polylysine PA-2 obtained in the above Synthesis Example 18 was taken out, and 2 3 2.5 g of N-A was added thereto. The benzyl-2-pyrrolidone, 3.8 g of pyridine and 4.9 g of acetic anhydride were reacted at 120 ° C for 4 hours to carry out oxime imidization. Next, the reaction mixture was poured into a large excess of methanol to precipitate a reaction product. The precipitate was washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure for 15 hours to obtain 15 g of polyimine. [Synthesis Example 20] 19.88 g of 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride for tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 6.83 g of p-phenylenediamine as a diamine compound, and 358 g of diaminodiphenyl Methane and 4.72 g of diamine represented by the above formula (G-4) were dissolved in i4 〇g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone to react at 60 ° C for 4 hours. Next, the reaction solution was poured into a large excess of methanol to precipitate a reaction product. Thereafter, it was washed with methanol to reduce the pressure and dried at 40 ° C for 24 hours to obtain 3 2.8 g of polylysine. 30 g of the obtained polylysine was dissolved in 4 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. Add i2. 〇g卩 ratio steep and i5.5 g of acetic acid at 11 Torr. The underarm dehydration ring closed for 4 hours' was precipitated, washed, and dried under reduced pressure in the same manner as above to obtain 25 y = 92,000, 1^/1^ = 4.19' yttrium imineization rate of 79% polyimine PI-2 . &lt;Preparation of Liquid Crystal Alignment Agent&gt; [Example 11] A solution containing polyglycine ρΑ_ι obtained in Synthesis Example 17 was selected, and the polyglycine PAj contained therein was equivalent to 1 part by mass. Add [A] polyorganosiloxane compound A_1 (1 part by mass), then add -85-201120070 to N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and butyl cellosolve to form solvent composition N-A Base-2 - pyrrole oxylactone: a solution of butyl cellosolve = 5 0 : 5 0 (mass ratio) and a solid concentration of 3.0% by mass. This solution was filtered using a filter having a pore size of 10.2 / / m to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent S -1. [Examples 12 to 24 and Comparative Example 1] The combination of the polyamido acid or the polyamidino compound of the [B] polymer and the polyorganosiloxane compound of the [A] component are as shown in Table 2, and Example 1 1 In the same manner, liquid crystal alignment agents S-2 to S-14 and CS-1 were prepared. [Comparative Example 2] N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and butyl cellosolve were respectively added to the polyimine imine PI-2 obtained in the above Synthesis Example 20, and the solvent was composed of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidine. Ketone: butyl cellosolve = 70: 30 (mass ratio), and a solution having a solid concentration of 3.0% by mass was formed. This solution was filtered using a filter of pore size 〇. 2 v m to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent CS-2. In the table, "the component is not used. &lt;Production of liquid crystal display device&gt;" The above embodiment was applied by a spin coating method on a transparent electrode surface of a glass substrate having a transparent electrode formed of an ITO film. The prepared liquid crystal alignment agent s -1 ' was prebaked on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 1 minute, and then heated in a nitrogen replacement oven at 2 ° C for 1 hour to remove the solvent to form a film. A coating film (liquid crystal alignment film) having a thickness of 0.08 #m. This operation is repeated to manufacture a pair of (two sheets) substrates having a liquid crystal alignment film. On the outer periphery of a surface of the substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film, -86- 201120070 After coating an epoxy resin adhesive having a diameter of 3.5 // m alumina ball by screen printing, the liquid crystal alignment film of a pair of substrates is faced facing each other and overlapped and crimped at 150 The adhesive was thermally cured at a temperature of 1 ° C. Then, a liquid crystal injection port was used to fill a negative liquid crystal (manufactured by Merck, MLC-6608) in a gap between the substrates, and then sealed with an epoxy-based adhesive. Liquid crystal injection port; then to remove The flow alignment at the time of crystal injection is heated at 150 ° C for 10 minutes, and then slowly cooled to room temperature. Further, on the outer side of the substrate, the polarizing plate is bonded to the polarizing plate and the polarizing directions of the two polarizing plates are made. The liquid crystal display elements were produced by orthogonal to each other, and the liquid crystal display elements were produced in the same manner as in the liquid crystal alignment agents prepared in Examples 1 to 24 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2. <There are two or more regions having different alignment directions. [Liquid crystal display device] [Example 25] A liquid crystal having two or more regions having different alignment directions was produced in the same manner as the above-described liquid crystal display device except that the transparent electrode for pattern formation shown in Fig. 1 was used. Display element. [Example 26] The liquid crystal alignment agent A-1 prepared in the above Example 11 was coated on a substrate on which a transparent electrode was provided, and then prebaked on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 1 minute, in a nitrogen replacement oven. After heating at 200 ° C for 1 hour, the solvent was removed to form a coating film (liquid crystal alignment film) having a film thickness of 〇 8 m. This operation was repeated to manufacture a pair of (two sheets) substrates having a liquid crystal alignment film. These substrates are subjected to rubbing treatment by dividing one pixel into 4 - 87 - 201120070 parts of the mask. Thus, in addition to the rubbing treatment, in the case where one pixel has two or more regions having different alignments, and the above vertical type The liquid crystal display element was manufactured in the same manner, and liquid crystal display elements having two or more regions having different alignment directions were produced. <Evaluation> The manufactured liquid crystal display elements were evaluated as follows. The results are summarized in Table 2. [Orientation] In the liquid crystal display device manufactured as described above, it is visually observed whether there is light transmission or misalignment in a state where no voltage is applied under backlight illumination, and there is no light transmission or misalignment, and a part of the light is transmitted and aligned. The disorder is "△", and the vertical alignment state is not "X". [Voltage retention rate] After applying a voltage of 5 V to the liquid crystal display element manufactured above, with an application time of 60 microseconds and an interval of 167 milliseconds, The voltage holding ratio (%) after the release of the application to 1 67 ms was measured. The measuring device uses VHR-1 of TOYO TECHNICA. [Residual property] A liquid crystal display device produced in the same manner as described above was applied at a temperature of 1 Torr for 20 hours at a voltage of 1 to 7 V, and was subjected to a flash elimination method to obtain a liquid crystal cell after the DC voltage was cut off. Internal voltage (residual D c voltage). [Response speed (electro-optical response at the beginning)] -88- 201120070 The start time of the liquid crystal response was measured in a device including a polarizing microscope, a photodetector, and a pulse generator. The liquid crystal response speed as used herein refers to the time required from the state where no voltage is applied in the produced liquid crystal display element to the maximum application of 5 V for 1 second, from the transmittance of 1% to the transmittance of 9%. (msec.). [Contrast] The liquid crystal display elements manufactured in Example 1 1 and the liquid crystal display elements manufactured in Examples 2 5 and 2 and having two or more regions having different alignment directions were evaluated for contrast. The liquid crystal cell fabricated as above was placed between the two polarizing plates to be fixed to the light box. A piece of polarizing plate was rotated, and the minimum intensity of transmitted light was measured to obtain a minimum transmittance. Further, the same polarizing plate was rotated, and the maximum intensity of the transmitted light was measured to obtain the maximum transmittance. The maximum transmittance-minimum transmittance is defined as the relative transmittance, and the relative transmittance is used as a substitute indicator. When the relative transmittance is 40 or more, it can be judged to be good. As a result, the relative transmittance of the liquid crystal display element produced in Example 11 was 20. The relative transmittance of the liquid crystal display element produced in Examples 25 and 26 having two or more regions having different alignment directions was 4 9 . Further, when liquid crystal display elements having two or more regions having different alignment directions are produced by using the pattern-formed transparent electrodes shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the same relative transmittances are obtained respectively -89-201120070 [Table 2 ] Liquid crystal alignment agent [A Cheng Cheng [Β] into distribution directional voltage retention rate (%) Afterimage property (mV) Response speed (msec.) Example 11 S-1 A-1 ΡΑ-1 〇99 200 10 夤Example 12 S-2 A-2 ΡΑΊ 150 99 150 15 Example 13 S-3 A-3 ΡΑΊ 〇 98 100 10 Example 14 S-4 A-4 ΡΑΊ 〇 98 100 12 Example 15 S-5 A-5 ΡΙ-2 〇99 200 29 Example 16 S-6 A-6 ΡΑ-1 〇98 200 17 Example 17 S-7 A-7 ΡΑ-1 〇99 150 11 Example 18 S-8 A-8 ΡΑΊ Δ 98 150 9 Example 19 S-9 A-9 ΡΑ-1 〇99 "170 22 Example 20 S-10 A-10 ΡΑ-1 〇99 170 13 Example 21 S-11 Α·7 ΡΑ-2 〇98 200 12 kExample 22 S-12 Α-7 ΡΙ-1 〇99 250 11 Example 23 S-13 Α-7 ΡΙ-2 〇99 240 38 Example 24 S-14 Α-8 ΡΙ-2 〇99 210 34 Comparative Example 1 CS-1 CA-1 ΡΑ-1 〇98 250 50 Comparative Example 2 CS-2 - ΡΙ-2 〇98 550 55 As the results of Table 2, it is revealed that a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal alignment film produced using the liquid crystal alignment agents of Examples 1 to 24 has a generally required alignment property, voltage holding ratio, and afterimage property. It is understood that the speed is also increased by about 24% or more compared with the liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 1 from the worst case. Further, it is known that two of the alignment directions are different using the composition. In view of the above, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display element having excellent compatibility, high-speed response, and capable of forming various liquid crystal display elements having excellent properties such as voltage properties and image sticking properties. Therefore, the liquid crystal display element is suitable for use in driving modes such as TN, STN, IPS, VA (including MVA 'PVA, optical vertical alignment, PSA, etc.) [Simplified illustration] -90- 201120070 [第1] (a) A plan view of one state of a patterned transparent electrode used in the present invention. (b) An enlarged X-X' sectional view in the above plan view. [Fig. 2] A plan view showing one state of a patterned transparent electrode used in the present invention. [Fig. 3] A plan view of one state of a patterned transparent electrode used in the present invention. [Main component symbol description] 1 IT 0 film 2 slit 3 transparent substrate -91 -

Claims (1)

201120070 七、申請專利範圍: 1.一種液晶配向劑,其係含有[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物,該 [A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物包含來自具有環氧基的聚有機矽 氧烷的部分,和來自下述式(1)所示的具有羧基的化合物 的部分, R3—R2——R1—π—OH … a II ⑴ Ο 式(1)中,R1是亞甲基或碳原子數爲2~30的伸院基、伸 苯基或伸環己基,這些基團可以具有取代基,R2是包含 雙鍵、三鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵和氧原子的任意者的連接基團, R3是具有至少兩個單環結構的基團,a是〇〜1的整數。 2 ·如申請專利範圍第1項的液晶配向劑,其中上述式(丨)中 的R3是下述式(2)所示基團, R7 —R6— -R七 R4— (2) 式(2)中,R4和R6分別是伸苯基、伸聯苯基、蔡基、伸 環己基、伸二環己基、伸環己基伸苯基或雜環,它們可 以進一步具有取代基,R5是包含可以具有取代基的碳原 子數爲1〜10的伸烷基、雙鍵、三鍵、醚鍵、醋鍵和雜環 的任意者的連接基團,R7是氫原子、氰基、氟原子、三 氟甲基、烷氧羰基、烷基和烷氧基的任意者, 多個取代基時,可以分別相同,或者也可以,祖合_ +胃@ 基團,b是0〜1的整數,(;是1~9的整數。 3.如申請專利範圍第1項的液晶配向劑,其中上_胃胃_ -92- 201120070 是下述式(XM)或(Χ·-2)表示的基團, Λ201120070 VII. Patent application scope: 1. A liquid crystal alignment agent containing [A] polyorganosiloxane compound, the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound comprising polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. a part, and a moiety derived from a compound having a carboxyl group represented by the following formula (1), R3 - R2 - R1 - π - OH ... a II (1) Ο In the formula (1), R1 is a methylene group or a carbon atom It is a stretching base of 2 to 30, a phenyl group or a cyclohexyl group, and these groups may have a substituent, and R2 is a linking group containing any of a double bond, a triple bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an oxygen atom. R3 is a group having at least two single ring structures, and a is an integer of 〇~1. 2. The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 1, wherein R3 in the above formula (丨) is a group represented by the following formula (2), R7 - R6 - - R 7 R4 - (2) Formula (2) Wherein R4 and R6 are respectively a phenyl group, a phenyl group, a phenyl group, a cyclohexylene group, a dicyclohexyl group, a cyclohexylene group or a heterocyclic ring, which may further have a substituent, and the R5 may have a linking group of any one of a substituent alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a double bond, a triple bond, an ether bond, an aceton bond, and a hetero ring, and R 7 is a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a fluorine atom, or a trifluoro group. Any one of a methyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkyl group and an alkoxy group may be the same in a plurality of substituents, or may be an ancestor _ + stomach@ group, and b is an integer of 0 to 1, (; It is an integer of 1 to 9. 3. The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 1, wherein the upper stomach stomach is a group represented by the following formula (XM) or (Χ·-2), Λ 式(ΧΜ)中’ Α是氧原子或單鍵,h是1〜3的整數,1 是0〜6的整數,其中,在丨爲〇時,a是單鍵,表 示連接鍵。 4. 如申請專利範圍第1、2或3項的液晶配向劑,其係進一 步含有[B ]選自由聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺構成的群組的至少 1種聚合物。 5. —種液晶顯示元件,該液晶顯示元件具有由如申請專利 範圍第1至4項中任一項的液晶配向劑形成的液晶配向 膜。 6 ·如申請專利範圍第5項的液晶顯示元件,其係具有透明 電極和積層在該透明電極上的上述液晶配向膜,液晶配 向模式是垂直型,而且具有配向方位不同的兩個以上的 區域。 7 ·如申請專利範圍第6項的液晶顯示元件’其中具有配向 方位不同的兩個以上的區域的手段是使用形成圖案的透 明電極作爲上述透明電極的手段’或者對上述液晶配向 膜賦予配向分割功能的手段° 8. —種液晶配向劑,其係液晶顯示元件中的上述液晶配向 -93- 201120070 膜形成用的液晶配向劑,該液晶顯示元件具有透明電極 和積層在該透明電極上的液晶配向膜,液晶配向模式是 垂直型,而且具有配向方位不同的兩個以上的區域;其 特徵爲:包含具有下述式(3)所示的基團的化合物; R3-(-R2]—* (3) Ja 式(3)中,R2是包含雙鍵、三鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵或氧原子 的任意者的連接基團,R3是具有至少兩個單環結構的基 團,a是0〜1的整數,表示連接鍵。 9.如申請專利範圍第8項的液晶配向劑,其中作爲具有配 向方位不同的兩個以上的區域的手段,係使用形成圖案 的透明電極或者具有配向分割功能的液晶配向膜。 1 0. —種液晶顯示元件,其液晶配向模式是垂直型,而且具 有配向方位不同的兩個以上的區域,其特徵爲:具有由 如申請專利範圍第8或9項液晶配向劑形成的液晶配向 膜。 11. 一種聚有機矽氧烷化合物’其係具有來自具有環氧基的 聚有機矽氧烷的部分’和來自下述式(1)所示的具有羧基 的化合物或者式(1)的R3是下述式(2)所示的具有羧基的 化合物的部分, R3-4r2-|-R1—Π—OH M、 Ja I ⑴ 0 式(1)中,R1是亞甲基或碳原子數爲2-30的伸垸基、伸 苯基或伸環己基’這些基團可以具有取代基,R2是包含 -94- 201120070 雙鍵、三鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵和氧原子的任意者的連接基團, R3是具有至少兩個單環結構的基團,a是0~ 1的整數; R7.一R6—^R5-)—R4—— (2) JC Jb 式(2)中,R4和R6分別是伸苯基、伸聯苯基、萘基、伸 環己基、伸二環己基、伸環己基伸苯基或雜環,它們可 以進一步具有取代基,R5是包含可以具有取代基的碳原 子數爲1~10的伸烷基、雙鍵、三鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵和雜環 的任意者的連接基團,R7是氫原子、氰基、氟原子、三 氟甲基、烷氧羰基、烷基和烷氧基的任意者,R6在具有 多個取代基時,可以分別相同,或者也可以組合不同的 基團,b是0〜1的整數,c是1~9的整數。 -95-In the formula (ΧΜ), Α is an oxygen atom or a single bond, h is an integer of 1 to 3, and 1 is an integer of 0 to 6, wherein, when 丨 is 〇, a is a single bond and represents a linkage. 4. The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 1, 2 or 3, which further comprises at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of poly-proline and polyimine. A liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 4. 6. The liquid crystal display element of claim 5, comprising a transparent electrode and the liquid crystal alignment film laminated on the transparent electrode, wherein the liquid crystal alignment mode is vertical and has two or more regions having different alignment directions. . 7. The liquid crystal display element of claim 6, wherein the means for having two or more regions having different alignment directions is a means for using the patterned transparent electrode as the transparent electrode or imparting alignment to the liquid crystal alignment film A means of a liquid crystal alignment agent which is a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a liquid crystal alignment element in a liquid crystal display element, wherein the liquid crystal display element has a transparent electrode and a liquid crystal laminated on the transparent electrode. The alignment film, the liquid crystal alignment mode is a vertical type, and has two or more regions having different orientation directions; characterized by: a compound containing a group represented by the following formula (3); R3-(-R2)-* (3) In the formula (3), R2 is a linking group containing any of a double bond, a triple bond, an ether bond, an ester bond or an oxygen atom, and R3 is a group having at least two monocyclic structures, a is An integer of 0 to 1 indicates a connection key. 9. A liquid crystal alignment agent according to item 8 of the patent application, wherein a means for forming a pattern having two or more regions having different alignment directions is used Transparent electrode or liquid crystal alignment film having alignment splitting function. 10. A liquid crystal display element whose liquid crystal alignment mode is vertical and has two or more regions having different alignment directions, and is characterized by having A liquid crystal alignment film formed by a liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 8 or 9. 11. A polyorganosiloxane compound having a moiety derived from a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group and from the following formula ( 1) The compound having a carboxyl group or R3 of the formula (1) is a moiety of a compound having a carboxyl group represented by the following formula (2), R3-4r2-|-R1—Π—OH M, Ja I (1) 0 In the formula (1), R1 is a methylene group or a mercapto group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or a cyclohexyl group, and these groups may have a substituent, and R2 is a bond containing -94-201120070, a linking group of any of a triple bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an oxygen atom, R 3 is a group having at least two monocyclic structures, a is an integer of 0 to 1; R 7 — R 6 —^R 5 —) — R4——(2) JC Jb In the formula (2), R4 and R6 are respectively a phenyl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a dicyclohexyl group, a cyclohexylphenyl group or a heterocyclic ring which may further have a substituent, and R5 is an alkyl group having a carbon number of from 1 to 10 which may have a substituent, a double bond, a triple bond a linking group of any of an ether bond, an ester bond and a hetero ring, and R7 is any one of a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkyl group and an alkoxy group, and R6 has When a plurality of substituents are used, they may be the same or different groups may be combined, b is an integer of 0 to 1, and c is an integer of 1 to 9. -95-
TW099135045A 2009-10-14 2010-10-14 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal display device and polyorganosiloxane compounds TWI487719B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009237747 2009-10-14

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201120070A true TW201120070A (en) 2011-06-16
TWI487719B TWI487719B (en) 2015-06-11

Family

ID=43907557

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW099135045A TWI487719B (en) 2009-10-14 2010-10-14 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal display device and polyorganosiloxane compounds

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5776152B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101642788B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102041007B (en)
TW (1) TWI487719B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013161925A1 (en) * 2012-04-27 2013-10-31 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing same

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101787445B1 (en) * 2011-01-13 2017-10-18 제이에스알 가부시끼가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal display device and its manufacturing method
JP5884618B2 (en) * 2012-04-20 2016-03-15 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
JP6212912B2 (en) * 2012-07-03 2017-10-18 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
JP2014016389A (en) * 2012-07-05 2014-01-30 Jsr Corp Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing the same
CN113698575B (en) * 2021-09-02 2022-04-26 四川大学 Siloxane Schiff base structure-based high-impact-resistance remodelable flame-retardant epoxy resin and preparation method thereof

Family Cites Families (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB8615527D0 (en) * 1986-06-25 1986-07-30 Secr Defence Liquid crystal polymers
JP3430705B2 (en) * 1994-04-28 2003-07-28 日産化学工業株式会社 Novel diaminobenzene derivative and polyimide using it
SE0303041D0 (en) 2003-06-23 2003-11-18 Ecsibeo Ab A liquid crystal device and a method for manufacturing thereof
JP4459026B2 (en) * 2004-11-12 2010-04-28 日本化薬株式会社 (Meth) acrylic group-containing silicon compound, photosensitive resin composition using the same, and cured product thereof
JP4605376B2 (en) * 2005-06-06 2011-01-05 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element
JP5041124B2 (en) * 2005-07-12 2012-10-03 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element
JP2007241249A (en) * 2006-02-07 2007-09-20 Jsr Corp Vertically aligned liquid crystal alignment agent and vertically aligned liquid crystal display element
JP5035523B2 (en) * 2006-04-25 2012-09-26 Jsr株式会社 Vertical alignment type liquid crystal aligning agent and vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element
JP2007332357A (en) * 2006-05-17 2007-12-27 Jsr Corp Vertically orientated liquid crystal aligning agent and vertically orientated liquid crystal display device
WO2008117615A1 (en) * 2007-03-26 2008-10-02 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Liquid crystal display device and polymer for aligning film material
KR101143129B1 (en) * 2007-08-02 2012-05-08 제이에스알 가부시끼가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing the same, and liquid crystal display device
WO2009025386A1 (en) * 2007-08-21 2009-02-26 Jsr Corporation Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
JP4458305B2 (en) * 2007-08-21 2010-04-28 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for producing liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
JP4544439B2 (en) * 2007-12-26 2010-09-15 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and method for forming liquid crystal aligning film
EP2256541B1 (en) * 2008-01-30 2012-12-05 JSR Corporation A liquid crystal orientating agent, a liquid crystal orientating film and a liquid crystal display element

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013161925A1 (en) * 2012-04-27 2013-10-31 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN102041007B (en) 2014-03-19
CN102041007A (en) 2011-05-04
TWI487719B (en) 2015-06-11
KR101642788B1 (en) 2016-07-26
JP2011102963A (en) 2011-05-26
JP5776152B2 (en) 2015-09-09
KR20110040681A (en) 2011-04-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101730297B1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, process for forming liquid crystal aligning film, liquid crystal display device, and polyorganosiloxane
TWI460509B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
TWI504678B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, method for producing liquid alignment film and liquid crystal display element
TWI458708B (en) A liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display device
TWI480317B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal display element
TWI574089B (en) Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal display device
TWI531615B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal alignment membrane and polyorganicsiloxane compound
TWI475075B (en) Composition for organic semiconductor alignment, organic semiconductor aligning film, organic semiconductor element and method for manufacturing the same
TWI515236B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and polyorganosiloxane compounds
TW200914954A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
TWI504643B (en) Liquid crystal display element and method for producing the same
TWI521281B (en) Method for producing cholesteric liquid crystal display, cholesteric liquid crystal display and liquid crystal alignment agent
KR102030401B1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for psa mode liquid crystal display device, liquid crystal alignment film for psa mode liquid crystal display device, and the psa mode liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method thereof
TWI406931B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal alignment film
TW201120070A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal display device and polyorganosiloxane compounds
TW201035037A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element and the preparation method thereof
TWI492969B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element and polyorgano siloxane compound
TWI512014B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal display device
TWI540155B (en) Liquid crystal display element and alignment agent
TWI558771B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agnet, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device and method for fabricating liquid crystal display device
TW201402701A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crytal display device
TWI541271B (en) Liquid crystal orientation agent, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal display device
TWI502029B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element and compound
TWI502002B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
TWI660004B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent and method of producing the same, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element